mount: make directories show with non zero size

See: https://forum.rclone.org/t/empty-folder-when-rclone-mount-used-as-external-storage-of-nextcloud/9251

.golangci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# golangci-lint configuration options
+
+run:
+  build-tags:
+    - cmount
+
+linters:
+  enable:
+    - deadcode
+    - errcheck
+    - goimports
+    - golint
+    - ineffassign
+    - structcheck
+    - varcheck
+    - govet
+    - unconvert
+    #- prealloc
+    #- maligned
+  disable-all: true
+
+issues:
+  # Enable some lints excluded by default
+  exclude-use-default: false
+
+  # Maximum issues count per one linter. Set to 0 to disable. Default is 50.
+  max-per-linter: 0
+
+  # Maximum count of issues with the same text. Set to 0 to disable. Default is 3.
+  max-same-issues: 0

.gometalinter.json

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-{
-    "Enable": [
-        "deadcode",
-        "errcheck",
-        "goimports",
-        "golint",
-        "ineffassign",
-        "structcheck",
-        "varcheck",
-        "vet"
-    ],
-    "EnableGC": true,
-    "Vendor": true
-}

.travis.yml

@@ -1,52 +1,103 @@
+---
 language: go
 sudo: required
 dist: trusty
 os:
-- linux
-go:
-- 1.8.x
-- 1.9.x
-- 1.10.x
-- 1.11.x
-- tip
+  - linux
 go_import_path: github.com/ncw/rclone
 before_install:
-- if [[ $TRAVIS_OS_NAME == linux ]]; then sudo modprobe fuse ; sudo chmod 666 /dev/fuse ; sudo chown root:$USER /etc/fuse.conf ; fi
-- if [[ $TRAVIS_OS_NAME == osx ]]; then brew update && brew tap caskroom/cask && brew cask install osxfuse ; fi
+  - git fetch --unshallow --tags
+  - |
+    if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == "linux" ]]; then
+      sudo modprobe fuse
+      sudo chmod 666 /dev/fuse
+      sudo chown root:$USER /etc/fuse.conf
+    fi
+    if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == "osx" ]]; then
+      brew update
+      brew tap caskroom/cask
+      brew cask install osxfuse
+    fi
+    if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == "windows" ]]; then
+      choco install -y winfsp zip make
+      cd ../..                  # fix crlf in git checkout
+      mv $TRAVIS_REPO_SLUG _old
+      git config --global core.autocrlf false
+      git clone _old $TRAVIS_REPO_SLUG
+      cd $TRAVIS_REPO_SLUG
+    fi
 install:
-- git fetch --unshallow --tags
-- make vars
-- make build_dep
-script:
-- make check
-- make quicktest
-- make compile_all
+  - make vars
 env:
   global:
     - GOTAGS=cmount
+    - GO111MODULE=off
     - secure: gU8gCV9R8Kv/Gn0SmCP37edpfIbPoSvsub48GK7qxJdTU628H0KOMiZW/T0gtV5d67XJZ4eKnhJYlxwwxgSgfejO32Rh5GlYEKT/FuVoH0BD72dM1GDFLSrUiUYOdoHvf/BKIFA3dJFT4lk2ASy4Zh7SEoXHG6goBlqUpYx8hVA=
     - secure: AMjrMAksDy3QwqGqnvtUg8FL/GNVgNqTqhntLF9HSU0njHhX6YurGGnfKdD9vNHlajPQOewvmBjwNLcDWGn2WObdvmh9Ohep0EmOjZ63kliaRaSSQueSd8y0idfqMQAxep0SObOYbEDVmQh0RCAE9wOVKRaPgw98XvgqWGDq5Tw=
     - secure: Uaiveq+/rvQjO03GzvQZV2J6pZfedoFuhdXrLVhhHSeP4ZBca0olw7xaqkabUyP3LkVYXMDSX8EbyeuQT1jfEe5wp5sBdfaDtuYW6heFyjiHIIIbVyBfGXon6db4ETBjOaX/Xt8uktrgNge6qFlj+kpnmpFGxf0jmDLw1zgg7tk=
 addons:
   apt:
     packages:
-    - fuse
-    - libfuse-dev
-    - rpm
-    - pkg-config
+      - fuse
+      - libfuse-dev
+      - rpm
+      - pkg-config
 cache:
   directories:
     - $HOME/.cache/go-build
 matrix:
   allow_failures:
-  - go: tip
+    - go: tip
   include:
-  - os: osx
-    go: 1.11.x
-    env: GOTAGS=""
-    cache:
-      directories:
-        - $HOME/Library/Caches/go-build
+    - go: 1.8.x
+      script:
+        - make quicktest
+    - go: 1.9.x
+      script:
+        - make quicktest
+    - go: 1.10.x
+      script:
+        - make quicktest
+    - go: 1.11.x
+      script:
+        - make quicktest
+    - go: 1.12.x
+      env:
+        - GOTAGS=cmount
+      script:
+        - make build_dep
+        - make check
+        - make quicktest
+        - make racequicktest
+        - make compile_all
+    - os: osx
+      go: 1.12.x
+      env:
+        - GOTAGS=  # cmount doesn't work on osx travis for some reason
+      cache:
+        directories:
+          - $HOME/Library/Caches/go-build
+      script:
+        - make
+        - make quicktest
+        - make racequicktest
+    # - os: windows
+    #   go: 1.12.x
+    #   env:
+    #     - GOTAGS=cmount
+    #     - CPATH='C:\Program Files (x86)\WinFsp\inc\fuse'
+    #   #filter_secrets: false     # works around a problem with secrets under windows
+    #   cache:
+    #     directories:
+    #       - ${LocalAppData}/go-build
+    #   script:
+    #     - make
+    #     - make quicktest
+    #     - make racequicktest
+    - go: tip
+      script:
+        - make quicktest
+
 deploy:
   provider: script
   script: make travis_beta
@@ -54,5 +105,5 @@ deploy:
   on:
     repo: ncw/rclone
     all_branches: true
-    go: 1.11.x
-    condition: $TRAVIS_PULL_REQUEST == false
+    go: 1.12.x
+    condition: $TRAVIS_PULL_REQUEST == false && $TRAVIS_OS_NAME != "windows"

Makefile

@@ -11,14 +11,12 @@ ifeq ($(subst HEAD,,$(subst master,,$(BRANCH))),)
 	BRANCH_PATH :=
 endif
 TAG := $(shell echo $$(git describe --abbrev=8 --tags | sed 's/-\([0-9]\)-/-00\1-/; s/-\([0-9][0-9]\)-/-0\1-/'))$(TAG_BRANCH)
-NEW_TAG := $(shell echo $(LAST_TAG) | perl -lpe 's/v//; $$_ += 0.01; $$_ = sprintf("v%.2f", $$_)')
+NEW_TAG := $(shell echo $(LAST_TAG) | perl -lpe 's/v//; $$_ += 0.01; $$_ = sprintf("v%.2f.0", $$_)')
 ifneq ($(TAG),$(LAST_TAG))
 	TAG := $(TAG)-beta
 endif
 GO_VERSION := $(shell go version)
 GO_FILES := $(shell go list ./... | grep -v /vendor/ )
-# Run full tests if go >= go1.11
-FULL_TESTS := $(shell go version | perl -lne 'print "go$$1.$$2" if /go(\d+)\.(\d+)/ && ($$1 > 1 || $$2 >= 11)')
 BETA_PATH := $(BRANCH_PATH)$(TAG)
 BETA_URL := https://beta.rclone.org/$(BETA_PATH)/
 BETA_UPLOAD_ROOT := memstore:beta-rclone-org
@@ -42,7 +40,6 @@ vars:
 	@echo LAST_TAG="'$(LAST_TAG)'"
 	@echo NEW_TAG="'$(NEW_TAG)'"
 	@echo GO_VERSION="'$(GO_VERSION)'"
-	@echo FULL_TESTS="'$(FULL_TESTS)'"
 	@echo BETA_URL="'$(BETA_URL)'"
 
 version:
@@ -57,38 +54,22 @@ test:	rclone
 # Quick test
 quicktest:
 	RCLONE_CONFIG="/notfound" go test $(BUILDTAGS) $(GO_FILES)
-ifdef FULL_TESTS
+
+racequicktest:
 	RCLONE_CONFIG="/notfound" go test $(BUILDTAGS) -cpu=2 -race $(GO_FILES)
-endif
 
 # Do source code quality checks
 check:	rclone
-ifdef FULL_TESTS
-	go vet $(BUILDTAGS) -printfuncs Debugf,Infof,Logf,Errorf ./...
-	errcheck $(BUILDTAGS) ./...
-	find . -name \*.go | grep -v /vendor/ | xargs goimports -d | grep . ; test $$? -eq 1
-	go list ./... | xargs -n1 golint | grep -E -v '(StorageUrl|CdnUrl|ApplicationCredentialId)' ; test $$? -eq 1
-else
-	@echo Skipping source quality tests as version of go too old
-endif
-
-gometalinter_install:
-	go get -u github.com/alecthomas/gometalinter
-	gometalinter --install --update
-
-# We aren't using gometalinter as the default linter yet because
-# 1. it doesn't support build tags: https://github.com/alecthomas/gometalinter/issues/275
-# 2. can't get -printfuncs working with the vet linter
-gometalinter:
-	gometalinter ./...
+	@# we still run go vet for -printfuncs which golangci-lint doesn't do yet
+	@# see: https://github.com/golangci/golangci-lint/issues/204
+	@echo "-- START CODE QUALITY REPORT -------------------------------"
+	@go vet $(BUILDTAGS) -printfuncs Debugf,Infof,Logf,Errorf ./...
+	@golangci-lint run ./...
+	@echo "-- END CODE QUALITY REPORT ---------------------------------"
 
 # Get the build dependencies
 build_dep:
-ifdef FULL_TESTS
-	go get -u github.com/kisielk/errcheck
-	go get -u golang.org/x/tools/cmd/goimports
-	go get -u golang.org/x/lint/golint
-endif
+	go run bin/get-github-release.go -extract golangci-lint golangci/golangci-lint 'golangci-lint-.*\.tar\.gz'
 
 # Get the release dependencies
 release_dep:
@@ -172,11 +153,7 @@ log_since_last_release:
 	git log $(LAST_TAG)..
 
 compile_all:
-ifdef FULL_TESTS
 	go run bin/cross-compile.go -parallel 8 -compile-only $(BUILDTAGS) $(TAG)
-else
-	@echo Skipping compile all as version of go too old
-endif
 
 appveyor_upload:
 	rclone --config bin/travis.rclone.conf -v copy --exclude '*beta-latest*' build/ $(BETA_UPLOAD)
@@ -196,10 +173,15 @@ BUILD_FLAGS := -exclude "^(windows|darwin)/"
 ifeq ($(TRAVIS_OS_NAME),osx)
 	BUILD_FLAGS := -include "^darwin/" -cgo
 endif
+ifeq ($(TRAVIS_OS_NAME),windows)
+# BUILD_FLAGS := -include "^windows/" -cgo
+# 386 doesn't build yet
+	BUILD_FLAGS := -include "^windows/amd64" -cgo
+endif
 
 travis_beta:
 ifeq ($(TRAVIS_OS_NAME),linux)
-	go run bin/get-github-release.go -extract nfpm goreleaser/nfpm 'nfpm_.*_Linux_x86_64.tar.gz'
+	go run bin/get-github-release.go -extract nfpm goreleaser/nfpm 'nfpm_.*\.tar.gz'
 endif
 	git log $(LAST_TAG).. > /tmp/git-log.txt
 	go run bin/cross-compile.go -release beta-latest -git-log /tmp/git-log.txt $(BUILD_FLAGS) -parallel 8 $(BUILDTAGS) $(TAG)

README.md

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ Rclone *("rsync for cloud storage")* is a command line program to sync files and
   * Hubic [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/hubic/)
   * Jottacloud [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/jottacloud/)
   * IBM COS S3 [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/s3/#ibm-cos-s3)
+  * Koofr [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/koofr/)
   * Memset Memstore [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/swift/)
   * Mega [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/mega/)
   * Microsoft Azure Blob Storage [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
@@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ Rclone *("rsync for cloud storage")* is a command line program to sync files and
   * Nextcloud [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/webdav/#nextcloud)
   * OVH [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/swift/)
   * OpenDrive [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
-  * Openstack Swift [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/swift/)
+  * OpenStack Swift [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/swift/)
   * Oracle Cloud Storage [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/swift/)
   * ownCloud [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/webdav/#owncloud)
   * pCloud [:page_facing_up:](https://rclone.org/pcloud/)
@@ -62,13 +63,13 @@ Please see [the full list of all storage providers and their features](https://r
 
 ## Features
 
-  * MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
+  * MD5/SHA-1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
   * Timestamps preserved on files
   * Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
   * [Copy](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy new/changed files
   * [Sync](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory identical
   * [Check](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
-  * Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
+  * Can sync to and from network, e.g. two different cloud accounts
   * Optional encryption ([Crypt](https://rclone.org/crypt/))
   * Optional cache ([Cache](https://rclone.org/cache/))
   * Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))

backend/alias/alias.go

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	Remote string `config:"remote"`
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path.
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path.
 //
 // The returned Fs is the actual Fs, referenced by remote in the config
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {

backend/alias/alias_internal_test.go

@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func TestNewFS(t *testing.T) {
 			wantEntry := test.entries[i]
 
 			require.Equal(t, wantEntry.remote, gotEntry.Remote(), what)
-			require.Equal(t, wantEntry.size, int64(gotEntry.Size()), what)
+			require.Equal(t, wantEntry.size, gotEntry.Size(), what)
 			_, isDir := gotEntry.(fs.Directory)
 			require.Equal(t, wantEntry.isDir, isDir, what)
 		}

backend/all/all.go

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ import (
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/http"
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/hubic"
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/jottacloud"
+	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/koofr"
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/local"
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/mega"
 	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/onedrive"

backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	noAuthClient *http.Client       // unauthenticated http client
 	root         string             // the path we are working on
 	dirCache     *dircache.DirCache // Map of directory path to directory id
-	pacer        *pacer.Pacer       // pacer for API calls
+	pacer        *fs.Pacer          // pacer for API calls
 	trueRootID   string             // ID of true root directory
 	tokenRenewer *oauthutil.Renew   // renew the token on expiry
 }
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		root:         root,
 		opt:          *opt,
 		c:            c,
-		pacer:        pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetPacer(pacer.AmazonCloudDrivePacer),
+		pacer:        fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewAmazonCloudDrive(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep))),
 		noAuthClient: fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{

backend/azureblob/azureblob.go

@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func init() {
 		}, {
 			Name:     "upload_cutoff",
 			Help:     "Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB).",
-			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(defaultUploadCutoff),
+			Default:  defaultUploadCutoff,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name: "chunk_size",
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func init() {
 
 Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to
 "--transfers" chunks stored at once in memory.`,
-			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(defaultChunkSize),
+			Default:  defaultChunkSize,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name: "list_chunk",
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	containerOKMu    sync.Mutex            // mutex to protect container OK
 	containerOK      bool                  // true if we have created the container
 	containerDeleted bool                  // true if we have deleted the container
-	pacer            *pacer.Pacer          // To pace and retry the API calls
+	pacer            *fs.Pacer             // To pace and retry the API calls
 	uploadToken      *pacer.TokenDispenser // control concurrency
 }
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ func (f *Fs) newPipeline(c azblob.Credential, o azblob.PipelineOptions) pipeline
 	return pipeline.NewPipeline(factories, pipeline.Options{HTTPSender: httpClientFactory(f.client), Log: o.Log})
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		opt:         *opt,
 		container:   container,
 		root:        directory,
-		pacer:       pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant).SetPacer(pacer.S3Pacer),
+		pacer:       fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewS3(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 		uploadToken: pacer.NewTokenDispenser(fs.Config.Transfers),
 		client:      fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config),
 	}
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 				return nil, errors.New("Container name in SAS URL and container provided in command do not match")
 			}
 
-			container = parts.ContainerName
+			f.container = parts.ContainerName
 			containerURL = azblob.NewContainerURL(*u, pipeline)
 		} else {
 			serviceURL = azblob.NewServiceURL(*u, pipeline)
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ func (o *Object) decodeMetaDataFromPropertiesResponse(info *azblob.BlobGetProper
 	o.md5 = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(info.ContentMD5())
 	o.mimeType = info.ContentType()
 	o.size = size
-	o.modTime = time.Time(info.LastModified())
+	o.modTime = info.LastModified()
 	o.accessTier = azblob.AccessTierType(info.AccessTier())
 	o.setMetadata(metadata)
 
@@ -1104,12 +1104,6 @@ func (o *Object) readMetaData() (err error) {
 	return o.decodeMetaDataFromPropertiesResponse(blobProperties)
 }
 
-// timeString returns modTime as the number of milliseconds
-// elapsed since January 1, 1970 UTC as a decimal string.
-func timeString(modTime time.Time) string {
-	return strconv.FormatInt(modTime.UnixNano()/1E6, 10)
-}
-
 // parseTimeString converts a decimal string number of milliseconds
 // elapsed since January 1, 1970 UTC into a time.Time and stores it in
 // the modTime variable.
@@ -1392,16 +1386,16 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 	blob := o.getBlobReference()
 	httpHeaders := azblob.BlobHTTPHeaders{}
 	httpHeaders.ContentType = fs.MimeType(o)
-	// Multipart upload doesn't support MD5 checksums at put block calls, hence calculate
-	// MD5 only for PutBlob requests
-	if size < int64(o.fs.opt.UploadCutoff) {
-		if sourceMD5, _ := src.Hash(hash.MD5); sourceMD5 != "" {
-			sourceMD5bytes, err := hex.DecodeString(sourceMD5)
-			if err == nil {
-				httpHeaders.ContentMD5 = sourceMD5bytes
-			} else {
-				fs.Debugf(o, "Failed to decode %q as MD5: %v", sourceMD5, err)
-			}
+	// Compute the Content-MD5 of the file, for multiparts uploads it
+	// will be set in PutBlockList API call using the 'x-ms-blob-content-md5' header
+	// Note: If multipart, a MD5 checksum will also be computed for each uploaded block
+	// 		 in order to validate its integrity during transport
+	if sourceMD5, _ := src.Hash(hash.MD5); sourceMD5 != "" {
+		sourceMD5bytes, err := hex.DecodeString(sourceMD5)
+		if err == nil {
+			httpHeaders.ContentMD5 = sourceMD5bytes
+		} else {
+			fs.Debugf(o, "Failed to decode %q as MD5: %v", sourceMD5, err)
 		}
 	}
 

backend/b2/api/types.go

@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ type Error struct {
 	Message string `json:"message"` // A human-readable message, in English, saying what went wrong.
 }
 
-// Error statisfies the error interface
+// Error satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	return fmt.Sprintf("%s (%d %s)", e.Message, e.Status, e.Code)
 }
 
-// Fatal statisfies the Fatal interface
+// Fatal satisfies the Fatal interface
 //
 // It indicates which errors should be treated as fatal
 func (e *Error) Fatal() bool {
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func RemoveVersion(remote string) (t Timestamp, newRemote string) {
 	return Timestamp(newT), base[:versionStart] + ext
 }
 
-// IsZero returns true if the timestamp is unitialised
+// IsZero returns true if the timestamp is uninitialized
 func (t Timestamp) IsZero() bool {
 	return time.Time(t).IsZero()
 }

backend/b2/b2.go

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration
 Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of "--b2-chunk-size".
 
 This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).`,
-			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(defaultUploadCutoff),
+			Default:  defaultUploadCutoff,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name: "chunk_size",
@@ -117,14 +117,22 @@ This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).`,
 When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size.  Note that
 these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of
 "--transfers" chunks in progress at once.  5,000,000 Bytes is the
-minimim size.`,
-			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(defaultChunkSize),
+minimum size.`,
+			Default:  defaultChunkSize,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:     "disable_checksum",
 			Help:     `Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files`,
 			Default:  false,
 			Advanced: true,
+		}, {
+			Name: "download_url",
+			Help: `Custom endpoint for downloads.
+
+This is usually set to a Cloudflare CDN URL as Backblaze offers
+free egress for data downloaded through the Cloudflare network.
+Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.`,
+			Advanced: true,
 		}},
 	})
 }
@@ -140,6 +148,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	UploadCutoff    fs.SizeSuffix `config:"upload_cutoff"`
 	ChunkSize       fs.SizeSuffix `config:"chunk_size"`
 	DisableCheckSum bool          `config:"disable_checksum"`
+	DownloadURL     string        `config:"download_url"`
 }
 
 // Fs represents a remote b2 server
@@ -158,7 +167,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	uploadMu      sync.Mutex                   // lock for upload variable
 	uploads       []*api.GetUploadURLResponse  // result of get upload URL calls
 	authMu        sync.Mutex                   // lock for authorizing the account
-	pacer         *pacer.Pacer                 // To pace and retry the API calls
+	pacer         *fs.Pacer                    // To pace and retry the API calls
 	bufferTokens  chan []byte                  // control concurrency of multipart uploads
 }
 
@@ -242,13 +251,7 @@ func (f *Fs) shouldRetryNoReauth(resp *http.Response, err error) (bool, error) {
 				fs.Errorf(f, "Malformed %s header %q: %v", retryAfterHeader, retryAfterString, err)
 			}
 		}
-		retryAfterDuration := time.Duration(retryAfter) * time.Second
-		if f.pacer.GetSleep() < retryAfterDuration {
-			fs.Debugf(f, "Setting sleep to %v after error: %v", retryAfterDuration, err)
-			// We set 1/2 the value here because the pacer will double it immediately
-			f.pacer.SetSleep(retryAfterDuration / 2)
-		}
-		return true, err
+		return true, pacer.RetryAfterError(err, time.Duration(retryAfter)*time.Second)
 	}
 	return fserrors.ShouldRetry(err) || fserrors.ShouldRetryHTTP(resp, retryErrorCodes), err
 }
@@ -319,7 +322,7 @@ func (f *Fs) setUploadCutoff(cs fs.SizeSuffix) (old fs.SizeSuffix, err error) {
 	return
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -354,7 +357,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		bucket: bucket,
 		root:   directory,
 		srv:    rest.NewClient(fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)).SetErrorHandler(errorHandler),
-		pacer:  pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer:  fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		ReadMimeType:  true,
@@ -949,6 +952,13 @@ func (f *Fs) hide(Name string) error {
 		return f.shouldRetry(resp, err)
 	})
 	if err != nil {
+		if apiErr, ok := err.(*api.Error); ok {
+			if apiErr.Code == "already_hidden" {
+				// sometimes eventual consistency causes this, so
+				// ignore this error since it is harmless
+				return nil
+			}
+		}
 		return errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to hide %q", Name)
 	}
 	return nil
@@ -1296,9 +1306,17 @@ var _ io.ReadCloser = &openFile{}
 func (o *Object) Open(options ...fs.OpenOption) (in io.ReadCloser, err error) {
 	opts := rest.Opts{
 		Method:  "GET",
-		RootURL: o.fs.info.DownloadURL,
 		Options: options,
 	}
+
+	// Use downloadUrl from backblaze if downloadUrl is not set
+	// otherwise use the custom downloadUrl
+	if o.fs.opt.DownloadURL == "" {
+		opts.RootURL = o.fs.info.DownloadURL
+	} else {
+		opts.RootURL = o.fs.opt.DownloadURL
+	}
+
 	// Download by id if set otherwise by name
 	if o.id != "" {
 		opts.Path += "/b2api/v1/b2_download_file_by_id?fileId=" + urlEncode(o.id)
@@ -1459,7 +1477,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 	// Content-Type b2/x-auto to automatically set the stored Content-Type
 	// post upload. In the case where a file extension is absent or the
 	// lookup fails, the Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The
-	// Content-Type mappings can be purused here.
+	// Content-Type mappings can be pursued here.
 	//
 	// X-Bz-Content-Sha1
 	// required

backend/box/api/types.go

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ type Error struct {
 	RequestID   string `json:"request_id"`
 }
 
-// Error returns a string for the error and statistifes the error interface
+// Error returns a string for the error and satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	out := fmt.Sprintf("Error %q (%d)", e.Code, e.Status)
 	if e.Message != "" {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	return out
 }
 
-// Check Error statisfies the error interface
+// Check Error satisfies the error interface
 var _ error = (*Error)(nil)
 
 // ItemFields are the fields needed for FileInfo

backend/box/box.go

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	features     *fs.Features          // optional features
 	srv          *rest.Client          // the connection to the one drive server
 	dirCache     *dircache.DirCache    // Map of directory path to directory id
-	pacer        *pacer.Pacer          // pacer for API calls
+	pacer        *fs.Pacer             // pacer for API calls
 	tokenRenewer *oauthutil.Renew      // renew the token on expiry
 	uploadToken  *pacer.TokenDispenser // control concurrency
 }
@@ -171,13 +171,13 @@ var retryErrorCodes = []int{
 // shouldRetry returns a boolean as to whether this resp and err
 // deserve to be retried.  It returns the err as a convenience
 func shouldRetry(resp *http.Response, err error) (bool, error) {
-	authRety := false
+	authRetry := false
 
 	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 401 && len(resp.Header["Www-Authenticate"]) == 1 && strings.Index(resp.Header["Www-Authenticate"][0], "expired_token") >= 0 {
-		authRety = true
+		authRetry = true
 		fs.Debugf(nil, "Should retry: %v", err)
 	}
-	return authRety || fserrors.ShouldRetry(err) || fserrors.ShouldRetryHTTP(resp, retryErrorCodes), err
+	return authRetry || fserrors.ShouldRetry(err) || fserrors.ShouldRetryHTTP(resp, retryErrorCodes), err
 }
 
 // substitute reserved characters for box
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		root:        root,
 		opt:         *opt,
 		srv:         rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(rootURL),
-		pacer:       pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer:       fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 		uploadToken: pacer.NewTokenDispenser(fs.Config.Transfers),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
@@ -530,10 +530,10 @@ func (f *Fs) createObject(remote string, modTime time.Time, size int64) (o *Obje
 //
 // The new object may have been created if an error is returned
 func (f *Fs) Put(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (fs.Object, error) {
-	exisitingObj, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(src.Remote(), nil)
+	existingObj, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(src.Remote(), nil)
 	switch err {
 	case nil:
-		return exisitingObj, exisitingObj.Update(in, src, options...)
+		return existingObj, existingObj.Update(in, src, options...)
 	case fs.ErrorObjectNotFound:
 		// Not found so create it
 		return f.PutUnchecked(in, src)

backend/box/upload.go

@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ outer:
 		}
 
 		reqSize := remaining
-		if reqSize >= int64(chunkSize) {
-			reqSize = int64(chunkSize)
+		if reqSize >= chunkSize {
+			reqSize = chunkSize
 		}
 
 		// Make a block of memory

backend/cache/cache.go

@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
 
 start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file
 to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning
-of the file to fetch exclisive.
+of the file to fetch exclusive.
 Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back
 of the file. The value "-5:" represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
 
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ func (f *Fs) notifyChangeUpstream(remote string, entryType fs.EntryType) {
 	}
 }
 
-// ChangeNotify can subsribe multiple callers
+// ChangeNotify can subscribe multiple callers
 // this is coupled with the wrapped fs ChangeNotify (if it supports it)
 // and also notifies other caches (i.e VFS) to clear out whenever something changes
 func (f *Fs) ChangeNotify(notifyFunc func(string, fs.EntryType), pollInterval <-chan time.Duration) {
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Rmdir(dir string) error {
 		}
 
 		var queuedEntries []*Object
-		err = walk.Walk(f.tempFs, dir, true, -1, func(path string, entries fs.DirEntries, err error) error {
+		err = walk.ListR(f.tempFs, dir, true, -1, walk.ListObjects, func(entries fs.DirEntries) error {
 			for _, o := range entries {
 				if oo, ok := o.(fs.Object); ok {
 					co := ObjectFromOriginal(f, oo)
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ func (f *Fs) DirMove(src fs.Fs, srcRemote, dstRemote string) error {
 		}
 
 		var queuedEntries []*Object
-		err := walk.Walk(f.tempFs, srcRemote, true, -1, func(path string, entries fs.DirEntries, err error) error {
+		err := walk.ListR(f.tempFs, srcRemote, true, -1, walk.ListObjects, func(entries fs.DirEntries) error {
 			for _, o := range entries {
 				if oo, ok := o.(fs.Object); ok {
 					co := ObjectFromOriginal(f, oo)
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Copy(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 	}
 
 	if srcObj.isTempFile() {
-		// we check if the feature is stil active
+		// we check if the feature is still active
 		if f.opt.TempWritePath == "" {
 			fs.Errorf(srcObj, "can't copy - this is a local cached file but this feature is turned off this run")
 			return nil, fs.ErrorCantCopy
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Move(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 
 	// if this is a temp object then we perform the changes locally
 	if srcObj.isTempFile() {
-		// we check if the feature is stil active
+		// we check if the feature is still active
 		if f.opt.TempWritePath == "" {
 			fs.Errorf(srcObj, "can't move - this is a local cached file but this feature is turned off this run")
 			return nil, fs.ErrorCantMove

backend/cache/cache_internal_test.go

@@ -387,10 +387,10 @@ func TestInternalWrappedWrittenContentMatches(t *testing.T) {
 
 	// write the object
 	o := runInstance.writeObjectBytes(t, cfs.UnWrap(), "data.bin", testData)
-	require.Equal(t, o.Size(), int64(testSize))
+	require.Equal(t, o.Size(), testSize)
 	time.Sleep(time.Second * 3)
 
-	checkSample, err := runInstance.readDataFromRemote(t, rootFs, "data.bin", 0, int64(testSize), false)
+	checkSample, err := runInstance.readDataFromRemote(t, rootFs, "data.bin", 0, testSize, false)
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Equal(t, int64(len(checkSample)), o.Size())
 
@@ -726,6 +726,7 @@ func TestInternalChangeSeenAfterRc(t *testing.T) {
 
 	// Call the rc function
 	m, err := cacheExpire.Fn(rc.Params{"remote": "data.bin"})
+	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Contains(t, m, "status")
 	require.Contains(t, m, "message")
 	require.Equal(t, "ok", m["status"])
@@ -735,18 +736,21 @@ func TestInternalChangeSeenAfterRc(t *testing.T) {
 	co, err = rootFs.NewObject("data.bin")
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Equal(t, wrappedTime.Unix(), co.ModTime().Unix())
-	li1, err := runInstance.list(t, rootFs, "")
+	_, err = runInstance.list(t, rootFs, "")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
 
 	// create some rand test data
 	testData2 := randStringBytes(int(chunkSize))
 	runInstance.writeObjectBytes(t, cfs.UnWrap(), runInstance.encryptRemoteIfNeeded(t, "test2"), testData2)
 
 	// list should have 1 item only
-	li1, err = runInstance.list(t, rootFs, "")
+	li1, err := runInstance.list(t, rootFs, "")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Len(t, li1, 1)
 
 	// Call the rc function
 	m, err = cacheExpire.Fn(rc.Params{"remote": "/"})
+	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Contains(t, m, "status")
 	require.Contains(t, m, "message")
 	require.Equal(t, "ok", m["status"])
@@ -754,6 +758,7 @@ func TestInternalChangeSeenAfterRc(t *testing.T) {
 
 	// list should have 2 items now
 	li2, err := runInstance.list(t, rootFs, "")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Len(t, li2, 2)
 }
 
@@ -1490,7 +1495,8 @@ func (r *run) updateData(t *testing.T, rootFs fs.Fs, src, data, append string) e
 	var err error
 
 	if r.useMount {
-		f, err := os.OpenFile(path.Join(runInstance.mntDir, src), os.O_TRUNC|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
+		var f *os.File
+		f, err = os.OpenFile(path.Join(runInstance.mntDir, src), os.O_TRUNC|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
 		if err != nil {
 			return err
 		}
@@ -1500,7 +1506,8 @@ func (r *run) updateData(t *testing.T, rootFs fs.Fs, src, data, append string) e
 		}()
 		_, err = f.WriteString(data + append)
 	} else {
-		obj1, err := rootFs.NewObject(src)
+		var obj1 fs.Object
+		obj1, err = rootFs.NewObject(src)
 		if err != nil {
 			return err
 		}
@@ -1632,15 +1639,13 @@ func (r *run) getCacheFs(f fs.Fs) (*cache.Fs, error) {
 	cfs, ok := f.(*cache.Fs)
 	if ok {
 		return cfs, nil
-	} else {
-		if f.Features().UnWrap != nil {
-			cfs, ok := f.Features().UnWrap().(*cache.Fs)
-			if ok {
-				return cfs, nil
-			}
+	}
+	if f.Features().UnWrap != nil {
+		cfs, ok := f.Features().UnWrap().(*cache.Fs)
+		if ok {
+			return cfs, nil
 		}
 	}
-
 	return nil, errors.New("didn't found a cache fs")
 }
 

backend/cache/storage_persistent.go

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ func (b *Persistent) AddObject(cachedObject *Object) error {
 		if err != nil {
 			return errors.Errorf("couldn't marshal object (%v) info: %v", cachedObject, err)
 		}
-		err = bucket.Put([]byte(cachedObject.Name), []byte(encoded))
+		err = bucket.Put([]byte(cachedObject.Name), encoded)
 		if err != nil {
 			return errors.Errorf("couldn't cache object (%v) info: %v", cachedObject, err)
 		}
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ func (b *Persistent) addPendingUpload(destPath string, started bool) error {
 		if err != nil {
 			return errors.Errorf("couldn't marshal object (%v) info: %v", destPath, err)
 		}
-		err = bucket.Put([]byte(destPath), []byte(encoded))
+		err = bucket.Put([]byte(destPath), encoded)
 		if err != nil {
 			return errors.Errorf("couldn't cache object (%v) info: %v", destPath, err)
 		}
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ func (b *Persistent) ReconcileTempUploads(cacheFs *Fs) error {
 		}
 
 		var queuedEntries []fs.Object
-		err = walk.Walk(cacheFs.tempFs, "", true, -1, func(path string, entries fs.DirEntries, err error) error {
+		err = walk.ListR(cacheFs.tempFs, "", true, -1, walk.ListObjects, func(entries fs.DirEntries) error {
 			for _, o := range entries {
 				if oo, ok := o.(fs.Object); ok {
 					queuedEntries = append(queuedEntries, oo)
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ func (b *Persistent) ReconcileTempUploads(cacheFs *Fs) error {
 			if err != nil {
 				return errors.Errorf("couldn't marshal object (%v) info: %v", queuedEntry, err)
 			}
-			err = bucket.Put([]byte(destPath), []byte(encoded))
+			err = bucket.Put([]byte(destPath), encoded)
 			if err != nil {
 				return errors.Errorf("couldn't cache object (%v) info: %v", destPath, err)
 			}

backend/crypt/cipher.go

@@ -144,7 +144,6 @@ type cipher struct {
 	buffers        sync.Pool // encrypt/decrypt buffers
 	cryptoRand     io.Reader // read crypto random numbers from here
 	dirNameEncrypt bool
-	passCorrupted  bool
 }
 
 // newCipher initialises the cipher.  If salt is "" then it uses a built in salt val
@@ -164,11 +163,6 @@ func newCipher(mode NameEncryptionMode, password, salt string, dirNameEncrypt bo
 	return c, nil
 }
 
-// Set to pass corrupted blocks
-func (c *cipher) setPassCorrupted(passCorrupted bool) {
-	c.passCorrupted = passCorrupted
-}
-
 // Key creates all the internal keys from the password passed in using
 // scrypt.
 //
@@ -469,7 +463,7 @@ func (c *cipher) deobfuscateSegment(ciphertext string) (string, error) {
 			if int(newRune) < base {
 				newRune += 256
 			}
-			_, _ = result.WriteRune(rune(newRune))
+			_, _ = result.WriteRune(newRune)
 
 		default:
 			_, _ = result.WriteRune(runeValue)
@@ -754,7 +748,7 @@ func (c *cipher) newDecrypter(rc io.ReadCloser) (*decrypter, error) {
 	if !bytes.Equal(readBuf[:fileMagicSize], fileMagicBytes) {
 		return nil, fh.finishAndClose(ErrorEncryptedBadMagic)
 	}
-	// retreive the nonce
+	// retrieve the nonce
 	fh.nonce.fromBuf(readBuf[fileMagicSize:])
 	fh.initialNonce = fh.nonce
 	return fh, nil
@@ -828,10 +822,7 @@ func (fh *decrypter) fillBuffer() (err error) {
 		if err != nil {
 			return err // return pending error as it is likely more accurate
 		}
-		if !fh.c.passCorrupted {
-			return ErrorEncryptedBadBlock
-		}
-		fs.Errorf(nil, "passing corrupted block")
+		return ErrorEncryptedBadBlock
 	}
 	fh.bufIndex = 0
 	fh.bufSize = n - blockHeaderSize

backend/crypt/crypt.go

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 )
 
+// Globals
 // Register with Fs
 func init() {
 	fs.Register(&fs.RegInfo{
@@ -79,15 +80,6 @@ names, or for debugging purposes.`,
 			Default:  false,
 			Hide:     fs.OptionHideConfigurator,
 			Advanced: true,
-		}, {
-			Name: "pass_corrupted_blocks",
-			Help: `Pass through corrupted blocks to the output.
-
-This is for debugging corruption problems in crypt - it shouldn't be needed normally.
-`,
-			Default:  false,
-			Hide:     fs.OptionHideConfigurator,
-			Advanced: true,
 		}},
 	})
 }
@@ -116,7 +108,6 @@ func newCipherForConfig(opt *Options) (Cipher, error) {
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to make cipher")
 	}
-	cipher.setPassCorrupted(opt.PassCorruptedBlocks)
 	return cipher, nil
 }
 
@@ -131,7 +122,7 @@ func NewCipher(m configmap.Mapper) (Cipher, error) {
 	return newCipherForConfig(opt)
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, rpath string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -206,7 +197,6 @@ type Options struct {
 	Password                string `config:"password"`
 	Password2               string `config:"password2"`
 	ShowMapping             bool   `config:"show_mapping"`
-	PassCorruptedBlocks     bool   `config:"pass_corrupted_blocks"`
 }
 
 // Fs represents a wrapped fs.Fs
@@ -565,7 +555,7 @@ func (f *Fs) DecryptFileName(encryptedFileName string) (string, error) {
 }
 
 // ComputeHash takes the nonce from o, and encrypts the contents of
-// src with it, and calcuates the hash given by HashType on the fly
+// src with it, and calculates the hash given by HashType on the fly
 //
 // Note that we break lots of encapsulation in this function.
 func (f *Fs) ComputeHash(o *Object, src fs.Object, hashType hash.Type) (hashStr string, err error) {

backend/drive/drive.go

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ import (
 	"net/url"
 	"os"
 	"path"
+	"sort"
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
@@ -185,10 +186,10 @@ func init() {
 		},
 		Options: []fs.Option{{
 			Name: config.ConfigClientID,
-			Help: "Google Application Client Id\nLeave blank normally.",
+			Help: "Google Application Client Id\nSetting your own is recommended.\nSee https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own.\nIf you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.",
 		}, {
 			Name: config.ConfigClientSecret,
-			Help: "Google Application Client Secret\nLeave blank normally.",
+			Help: "Google Application Client Secret\nSetting your own is recommended.",
 		}, {
 			Name: "scope",
 			Help: "Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.",
@@ -239,6 +240,22 @@ func init() {
 			Default:  false,
 			Help:     "Skip google documents in all listings.\nIf given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.",
 			Advanced: true,
+		}, {
+			Name:    "skip_checksum_gphotos",
+			Default: false,
+			Help: `Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
+
+Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or
+videos.
+
+Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a
+blank MD5 checksum.
+
+Google photos are identifed by being in the "photos" space.
+
+Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
+not updating the checksum.`,
+			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:    "shared_with_me",
 			Default: false,
@@ -395,6 +412,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	AuthOwnerOnly             bool          `config:"auth_owner_only"`
 	UseTrash                  bool          `config:"use_trash"`
 	SkipGdocs                 bool          `config:"skip_gdocs"`
+	SkipChecksumGphotos       bool          `config:"skip_checksum_gphotos"`
 	SharedWithMe              bool          `config:"shared_with_me"`
 	TrashedOnly               bool          `config:"trashed_only"`
 	Extensions                string        `config:"formats"`
@@ -425,7 +443,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	client           *http.Client       // authorized client
 	rootFolderID     string             // the id of the root folder
 	dirCache         *dircache.DirCache // Map of directory path to directory id
-	pacer            *pacer.Pacer       // To pace the API calls
+	pacer            *fs.Pacer          // To pace the API calls
 	exportExtensions []string           // preferred extensions to download docs
 	importMimeTypes  []string           // MIME types to convert to docs
 	isTeamDrive      bool               // true if this is a team drive
@@ -481,7 +499,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Features() *fs.Features {
 	return f.features
 }
 
-// shouldRetry determines whehter a given err rates being retried
+// shouldRetry determines whether a given err rates being retried
 func shouldRetry(err error) (bool, error) {
 	if err == nil {
 		return false, nil
@@ -614,6 +632,9 @@ func (f *Fs) list(dirIDs []string, title string, directoriesOnly, filesOnly, inc
 	if f.opt.AuthOwnerOnly {
 		fields += ",owners"
 	}
+	if f.opt.SkipChecksumGphotos {
+		fields += ",spaces"
+	}
 
 	fields = fmt.Sprintf("files(%s),nextPageToken", fields)
 
@@ -675,28 +696,33 @@ func isPowerOfTwo(x int64) bool {
 }
 
 // add a charset parameter to all text/* MIME types
-func fixMimeType(mimeType string) string {
-	mediaType, param, err := mime.ParseMediaType(mimeType)
+func fixMimeType(mimeTypeIn string) string {
+	if mimeTypeIn == "" {
+		return ""
+	}
+	mediaType, param, err := mime.ParseMediaType(mimeTypeIn)
 	if err != nil {
-		return mimeType
+		return mimeTypeIn
 	}
-	if strings.HasPrefix(mimeType, "text/") && param["charset"] == "" {
+	mimeTypeOut := mimeTypeIn
+	if strings.HasPrefix(mediaType, "text/") && param["charset"] == "" {
 		param["charset"] = "utf-8"
-		mimeType = mime.FormatMediaType(mediaType, param)
+		mimeTypeOut = mime.FormatMediaType(mediaType, param)
 	}
-	return mimeType
+	if mimeTypeOut == "" {
+		panic(errors.Errorf("unable to fix MIME type %q", mimeTypeIn))
+	}
+	return mimeTypeOut
 }
-func fixMimeTypeMap(m map[string][]string) map[string][]string {
-	for _, v := range m {
+func fixMimeTypeMap(in map[string][]string) (out map[string][]string) {
+	out = make(map[string][]string, len(in))
+	for k, v := range in {
 		for i, mt := range v {
-			fixed := fixMimeType(mt)
-			if fixed == "" {
-				panic(errors.Errorf("unable to fix MIME type %q", mt))
-			}
-			v[i] = fixed
+			v[i] = fixMimeType(mt)
 		}
+		out[fixMimeType(k)] = v
 	}
-	return m
+	return out
 }
 func isInternalMimeType(mimeType string) bool {
 	return strings.HasPrefix(mimeType, "application/vnd.google-apps.")
@@ -788,8 +814,8 @@ func configTeamDrive(opt *Options, m configmap.Mapper, name string) error {
 }
 
 // newPacer makes a pacer configured for drive
-func newPacer(opt *Options) *pacer.Pacer {
-	return pacer.New().SetMinSleep(time.Duration(opt.PacerMinSleep)).SetBurst(opt.PacerBurst).SetPacer(pacer.GoogleDrivePacer)
+func newPacer(opt *Options) *fs.Pacer {
+	return fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewGoogleDrive(pacer.MinSleep(opt.PacerMinSleep), pacer.Burst(opt.PacerBurst)))
 }
 
 func getServiceAccountClient(opt *Options, credentialsData []byte) (*http.Client, error) {
@@ -862,7 +888,7 @@ func (f *Fs) setUploadCutoff(cs fs.SizeSuffix) (old fs.SizeSuffix, err error) {
 	return
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, path string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -901,6 +927,7 @@ func NewFs(name, path string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		ReadMimeType:            true,
 		WriteMimeType:           true,
 		CanHaveEmptyDirectories: true,
+		ServerSideAcrossConfigs: true,
 	}).Fill(f)
 
 	// Create a new authorized Drive client.
@@ -995,6 +1022,15 @@ func (f *Fs) newBaseObject(remote string, info *drive.File) baseObject {
 
 // newRegularObject creates a fs.Object for a normal drive.File
 func (f *Fs) newRegularObject(remote string, info *drive.File) fs.Object {
+	// wipe checksum if SkipChecksumGphotos and file is type Photo or Video
+	if f.opt.SkipChecksumGphotos {
+		for _, space := range info.Spaces {
+			if space == "photos" {
+				info.Md5Checksum = ""
+				break
+			}
+		}
+	}
 	return &Object{
 		baseObject: f.newBaseObject(remote, info),
 		url:        fmt.Sprintf("%sfiles/%s?alt=media", f.svc.BasePath, info.Id),
@@ -1339,17 +1375,46 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 	return entries, nil
 }
 
+// listREntry is a task to be executed by a litRRunner
+type listREntry struct {
+	id, path string
+}
+
+// listRSlices is a helper struct to sort two slices at once
+type listRSlices struct {
+	dirs  []string
+	paths []string
+}
+
+func (s listRSlices) Sort() {
+	sort.Sort(s)
+}
+
+func (s listRSlices) Len() int {
+	return len(s.dirs)
+}
+
+func (s listRSlices) Swap(i, j int) {
+	s.dirs[i], s.dirs[j] = s.dirs[j], s.dirs[i]
+	s.paths[i], s.paths[j] = s.paths[j], s.paths[i]
+}
+
+func (s listRSlices) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	return s.dirs[i] < s.dirs[j]
+}
+
 // listRRunner will read dirIDs from the in channel, perform the file listing an call cb with each DirEntry.
 //
-// In each cycle, will wait up to 10ms to read up to grouping entries from the in channel.
+// In each cycle it will read up to grouping entries from the in channel without blocking.
 // If an error occurs it will be send to the out channel and then return. Once the in channel is closed,
 // nil is send to the out channel and the function returns.
-func (f *Fs) listRRunner(wg *sync.WaitGroup, in <-chan string, out chan<- error, cb func(fs.DirEntry) error, grouping int) {
+func (f *Fs) listRRunner(wg *sync.WaitGroup, in <-chan listREntry, out chan<- error, cb func(fs.DirEntry) error, grouping int) {
 	var dirs []string
+	var paths []string
 
 	for dir := range in {
-		dirs = append(dirs[:0], dir)
-		wait := time.After(10 * time.Millisecond)
+		dirs = append(dirs[:0], dir.id)
+		paths = append(paths[:0], dir.path)
 	waitloop:
 		for i := 1; i < grouping; i++ {
 			select {
@@ -1357,31 +1422,32 @@ func (f *Fs) listRRunner(wg *sync.WaitGroup, in <-chan string, out chan<- error,
 				if !ok {
 					break waitloop
 				}
-				dirs = append(dirs, d)
-			case <-wait:
-				break waitloop
+				dirs = append(dirs, d.id)
+				paths = append(paths, d.path)
+			default:
 			}
 		}
+		listRSlices{dirs, paths}.Sort()
 		var iErr error
 		_, err := f.list(dirs, "", false, false, false, func(item *drive.File) bool {
-			parentPath := ""
-			if len(item.Parents) > 0 {
-				p, ok := f.dirCache.GetInv(item.Parents[0])
-				if ok {
-					parentPath = p
+			for _, parent := range item.Parents {
+				// only handle parents that are in the requested dirs list
+				i := sort.SearchStrings(dirs, parent)
+				if i == len(dirs) || dirs[i] != parent {
+					continue
+				}
+				remote := path.Join(paths[i], item.Name)
+				entry, err := f.itemToDirEntry(remote, item)
+				if err != nil {
+					iErr = err
+					return true
 				}
-			}
-			remote := path.Join(parentPath, item.Name)
-			entry, err := f.itemToDirEntry(remote, item)
-			if err != nil {
-				iErr = err
-				return true
-			}
 
-			err = cb(entry)
-			if err != nil {
-				iErr = err
-				return true
+				err = cb(entry)
+				if err != nil {
+					iErr = err
+					return true
+				}
 			}
 			return false
 		})
@@ -1432,30 +1498,44 @@ func (f *Fs) ListR(dir string, callback fs.ListRCallback) (err error) {
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
+	if directoryID == "root" {
+		var info *drive.File
+		err = f.pacer.CallNoRetry(func() (bool, error) {
+			info, err = f.svc.Files.Get("root").
+				Fields("id").
+				SupportsTeamDrives(f.isTeamDrive).
+				Do()
+			return shouldRetry(err)
+		})
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		directoryID = info.Id
+	}
 
 	mu := sync.Mutex{} // protects in and overflow
 	wg := sync.WaitGroup{}
-	in := make(chan string, inputBuffer)
+	in := make(chan listREntry, inputBuffer)
 	out := make(chan error, fs.Config.Checkers)
 	list := walk.NewListRHelper(callback)
-	overfflow := []string{}
+	overflow := []listREntry{}
 
 	cb := func(entry fs.DirEntry) error {
 		mu.Lock()
 		defer mu.Unlock()
 		if d, isDir := entry.(*fs.Dir); isDir && in != nil {
 			select {
-			case in <- d.ID():
+			case in <- listREntry{d.ID(), d.Remote()}:
 				wg.Add(1)
 			default:
-				overfflow = append(overfflow, d.ID())
+				overflow = append(overflow, listREntry{d.ID(), d.Remote()})
 			}
 		}
 		return list.Add(entry)
 	}
 
 	wg.Add(1)
-	in <- directoryID
+	in <- listREntry{directoryID, dir}
 
 	for i := 0; i < fs.Config.Checkers; i++ {
 		go f.listRRunner(&wg, in, out, cb, grouping)
@@ -1464,18 +1544,18 @@ func (f *Fs) ListR(dir string, callback fs.ListRCallback) (err error) {
 		// wait until the all directories are processed
 		wg.Wait()
 		// if the input channel overflowed add the collected entries to the channel now
-		for len(overfflow) > 0 {
+		for len(overflow) > 0 {
 			mu.Lock()
-			l := len(overfflow)
-			// only fill half of the channel to prevent entries beeing put into overfflow again
+			l := len(overflow)
+			// only fill half of the channel to prevent entries beeing put into overflow again
 			if l > inputBuffer/2 {
 				l = inputBuffer / 2
 			}
 			wg.Add(l)
-			for _, d := range overfflow[:l] {
+			for _, d := range overflow[:l] {
 				in <- d
 			}
-			overfflow = overfflow[l:]
+			overflow = overflow[l:]
 			mu.Unlock()
 
 			// wait again for the completion of all directories
@@ -1666,14 +1746,14 @@ func (f *Fs) MergeDirs(dirs []fs.Directory) error {
 				return shouldRetry(err)
 			})
 			if err != nil {
-				return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergDirs move failed on %q in %v", info.Name, srcDir)
+				return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergeDirs move failed on %q in %v", info.Name, srcDir)
 			}
 		}
 		// rmdir (into trash) the now empty source directory
 		fs.Infof(srcDir, "removing empty directory")
 		err = f.rmdir(srcDir.ID(), true)
 		if err != nil {
-			return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergDirs move failed to rmdir %q", srcDir)
+			return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergeDirs move failed to rmdir %q", srcDir)
 		}
 	}
 	return nil
@@ -2092,7 +2172,7 @@ func (f *Fs) DirMove(src fs.Fs, srcRemote, dstRemote string) error {
 // ChangeNotify calls the passed function with a path that has had changes.
 // If the implementation uses polling, it should adhere to the given interval.
 //
-// Automatically restarts itself in case of unexpected behaviour of the remote.
+// Automatically restarts itself in case of unexpected behavior of the remote.
 //
 // Close the returned channel to stop being notified.
 func (f *Fs) ChangeNotify(notifyFunc func(string, fs.EntryType), pollIntervalChan <-chan time.Duration) {
@@ -2199,11 +2279,13 @@ func (f *Fs) changeNotifyRunner(notifyFunc func(string, fs.EntryType), startPage
 
 				// translate the parent dir of this object
 				if len(change.File.Parents) > 0 {
-					if parentPath, ok := f.dirCache.GetInv(change.File.Parents[0]); ok {
-						// and append the drive file name to compute the full file name
-						newPath := path.Join(parentPath, change.File.Name)
-						// this will now clear the actual file too
-						pathsToClear = append(pathsToClear, entryType{path: newPath, entryType: changeType})
+					for _, parent := range change.File.Parents {
+						if parentPath, ok := f.dirCache.GetInv(parent); ok {
+							// and append the drive file name to compute the full file name
+							newPath := path.Join(parentPath, change.File.Name)
+							// this will now clear the actual file too
+							pathsToClear = append(pathsToClear, entryType{path: newPath, entryType: changeType})
+						}
 					}
 				} else { // a true root object that is changed
 					pathsToClear = append(pathsToClear, entryType{path: change.File.Name, entryType: changeType})
@@ -2383,6 +2465,10 @@ func (o *baseObject) httpResponse(url, method string, options []fs.OpenOption) (
 		return req, nil, err
 	}
 	fs.OpenOptionAddHTTPHeaders(req.Header, options)
+	if o.bytes == 0 {
+		// Don't supply range requests for 0 length objects as they always fail
+		delete(req.Header, "Range")
+	}
 	err = o.fs.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
 		res, err = o.fs.client.Do(req)
 		if err == nil {
@@ -2586,6 +2672,9 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 		return err
 	}
 	newO, err := o.fs.newObjectWithInfo(src.Remote(), info)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
 	switch newO := newO.(type) {
 	case *Object:
 		*o = *newO
@@ -2624,6 +2713,9 @@ func (o *documentObject) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.O
 	remote = remote[:len(remote)-o.extLen]
 
 	newO, err := o.fs.newObjectWithInfo(remote, info)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
 	switch newO := newO.(type) {
 	case *documentObject:
 		*o = *newO

backend/drive/upload.go

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func (rx *resumableUpload) transferChunk(start int64, chunk io.ReadSeeker, chunk
 	// been 200 OK.
 	//
 	// So parse the response out of the body.  We aren't expecting
-	// any other 2xx codes, so we parse it unconditionaly on
+	// any other 2xx codes, so we parse it unconditionally on
 	// StatusCode
 	if err = json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(&rx.ret); err != nil {
 		return 598, err

backend/dropbox/dropbox.go

@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.
 Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can
 deal with retries.  Setting this larger will increase the speed
 slightly (at most 10%% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more
-memory.  It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.`, fs.SizeSuffix(maxChunkSize)),
-			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(defaultChunkSize),
+memory.  It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.`, maxChunkSize),
+			Default:  defaultChunkSize,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:     "impersonate",
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	team           team.Client    // for the Teams API
 	slashRoot      string         // root with "/" prefix, lowercase
 	slashRootSlash string         // root with "/" prefix and postfix, lowercase
-	pacer          *pacer.Pacer   // To pace the API calls
+	pacer          *fs.Pacer      // To pace the API calls
 	ns             string         // The namespace we are using or "" for none
 }
 
@@ -209,12 +209,12 @@ func shouldRetry(err error) (bool, error) {
 	case auth.RateLimitAPIError:
 		if e.RateLimitError.RetryAfter > 0 {
 			fs.Debugf(baseErrString, "Too many requests or write operations. Trying again in %d seconds.", e.RateLimitError.RetryAfter)
-			time.Sleep(time.Duration(e.RateLimitError.RetryAfter) * time.Second)
+			err = pacer.RetryAfterError(err, time.Duration(e.RateLimitError.RetryAfter)*time.Second)
 		}
 		return true, err
 	}
-	// Keep old behaviour for backward compatibility
-	if strings.Contains(baseErrString, "too_many_write_operations") || strings.Contains(baseErrString, "too_many_requests") {
+	// Keep old behavior for backward compatibility
+	if strings.Contains(baseErrString, "too_many_write_operations") || strings.Contains(baseErrString, "too_many_requests") || baseErrString == "" {
 		return true, err
 	}
 	return fserrors.ShouldRetry(err), err
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func (f *Fs) setUploadChunkSize(cs fs.SizeSuffix) (old fs.SizeSuffix, err error)
 	return
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	f := &Fs{
 		name:  name,
 		opt:   *opt,
-		pacer: pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer: fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	config := dropbox.Config{
 		LogLevel:        dropbox.LogOff, // logging in the SDK: LogOff, LogDebug, LogInfo

backend/ftp/ftp.go

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configstruct"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/obscure"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/pacer"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/readers"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 )
@@ -45,6 +46,11 @@ func init() {
 				Help:       "FTP password",
 				IsPassword: true,
 				Required:   true,
+			}, {
+				Name:     "concurrency",
+				Help:     "Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited",
+				Default:  0,
+				Advanced: true,
 			},
 		},
 	})
@@ -52,10 +58,11 @@ func init() {
 
 // Options defines the configuration for this backend
 type Options struct {
-	Host string `config:"host"`
-	User string `config:"user"`
-	Pass string `config:"pass"`
-	Port string `config:"port"`
+	Host        string `config:"host"`
+	User        string `config:"user"`
+	Pass        string `config:"pass"`
+	Port        string `config:"port"`
+	Concurrency int    `config:"concurrency"`
 }
 
 // Fs represents a remote FTP server
@@ -70,6 +77,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	dialAddr string
 	poolMu   sync.Mutex
 	pool     []*ftp.ServerConn
+	tokens   *pacer.TokenDispenser
 }
 
 // Object describes an FTP file
@@ -128,6 +136,9 @@ func (f *Fs) ftpConnection() (*ftp.ServerConn, error) {
 
 // Get an FTP connection from the pool, or open a new one
 func (f *Fs) getFtpConnection() (c *ftp.ServerConn, err error) {
+	if f.opt.Concurrency > 0 {
+		f.tokens.Get()
+	}
 	f.poolMu.Lock()
 	if len(f.pool) > 0 {
 		c = f.pool[0]
@@ -147,6 +158,9 @@ func (f *Fs) getFtpConnection() (c *ftp.ServerConn, err error) {
 // if err is not nil then it checks the connection is alive using a
 // NOOP request
 func (f *Fs) putFtpConnection(pc **ftp.ServerConn, err error) {
+	if f.opt.Concurrency > 0 {
+		defer f.tokens.Put()
+	}
 	c := *pc
 	*pc = nil
 	if err != nil {
@@ -166,7 +180,7 @@ func (f *Fs) putFtpConnection(pc **ftp.ServerConn, err error) {
 	f.poolMu.Unlock()
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (ff fs.Fs, err error) {
 	// defer fs.Trace(nil, "name=%q, root=%q", name, root)("fs=%v, err=%v", &ff, &err)
 	// Parse config into Options struct
@@ -198,6 +212,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (ff fs.Fs, err error) {
 		user:     user,
 		pass:     pass,
 		dialAddr: dialAddr,
+		tokens:   pacer.NewTokenDispenser(opt.Concurrency),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		CanHaveEmptyDirectories: true,

backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ FIXME Patch/Delete/Get isn't working with files with spaces in - giving 404 erro
 */
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"encoding/base64"
 	"encoding/hex"
 	"fmt"
@@ -45,6 +46,8 @@ import (
 	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
 	"golang.org/x/oauth2/google"
 	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+
+	// NOTE: This API is deprecated
 	storage "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
 )
 
@@ -144,6 +147,22 @@ func init() {
 				Value: "publicReadWrite",
 				Help:  "Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.",
 			}},
+		}, {
+			Name: "bucket_policy_only",
+			Help: `Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
+
+If you want to upload objects to a bucket with Bucket Policy Only set
+then you will need to set this.
+
+When it is set, rclone:
+
+- ignores ACLs set on buckets
+- ignores ACLs set on objects
+- creates buckets with Bucket Policy Only set
+
+Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only
+`,
+			Default: false,
 		}, {
 			Name: "location",
 			Help: "Location for the newly created buckets.",
@@ -162,21 +181,36 @@ func init() {
 			}, {
 				Value: "asia-east1",
 				Help:  "Taiwan.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "asia-east2",
+				Help:  "Hong Kong.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "asia-northeast1",
 				Help:  "Tokyo.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "asia-south1",
+				Help:  "Mumbai.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "asia-southeast1",
 				Help:  "Singapore.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "australia-southeast1",
 				Help:  "Sydney.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "europe-north1",
+				Help:  "Finland.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "europe-west1",
 				Help:  "Belgium.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "europe-west2",
 				Help:  "London.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "europe-west3",
+				Help:  "Frankfurt.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "europe-west4",
+				Help:  "Netherlands.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "us-central1",
 				Help:  "Iowa.",
@@ -189,6 +223,9 @@ func init() {
 			}, {
 				Value: "us-west1",
 				Help:  "Oregon.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "us-west2",
+				Help:  "California.",
 			}},
 		}, {
 			Name: "storage_class",
@@ -223,6 +260,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	ServiceAccountCredentials string `config:"service_account_credentials"`
 	ObjectACL                 string `config:"object_acl"`
 	BucketACL                 string `config:"bucket_acl"`
+	BucketPolicyOnly          bool   `config:"bucket_policy_only"`
 	Location                  string `config:"location"`
 	StorageClass              string `config:"storage_class"`
 }
@@ -238,7 +276,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	bucket     string           // the bucket we are working on
 	bucketOKMu sync.Mutex       // mutex to protect bucket OK
 	bucketOK   bool             // true if we have created the bucket
-	pacer      *pacer.Pacer     // To pace the API calls
+	pacer      *fs.Pacer        // To pace the API calls
 }
 
 // Object describes a storage object
@@ -282,7 +320,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Features() *fs.Features {
 	return f.features
 }
 
-// shouldRetry determines whehter a given err rates being retried
+// shouldRetry determines whether a given err rates being retried
 func shouldRetry(err error) (again bool, errOut error) {
 	again = false
 	if err != nil {
@@ -330,7 +368,7 @@ func getServiceAccountClient(credentialsData []byte) (*http.Client, error) {
 	return oauth2.NewClient(ctxWithSpecialClient, conf.TokenSource(ctxWithSpecialClient)), nil
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	var oAuthClient *http.Client
 
@@ -363,7 +401,11 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	} else {
 		oAuthClient, _, err = oauthutil.NewClient(name, m, storageConfig)
 		if err != nil {
-			return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to configure Google Cloud Storage")
+			ctx := context.Background()
+			oAuthClient, err = google.DefaultClient(ctx, storage.DevstorageFullControlScope)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to configure Google Cloud Storage")
+			}
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -377,7 +419,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		bucket: bucket,
 		root:   directory,
 		opt:    *opt,
-		pacer:  pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetPacer(pacer.GoogleDrivePacer),
+		pacer:  fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewGoogleDrive(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		ReadMimeType:  true,
@@ -691,8 +733,19 @@ func (f *Fs) Mkdir(dir string) (err error) {
 		Location:     f.opt.Location,
 		StorageClass: f.opt.StorageClass,
 	}
+	if f.opt.BucketPolicyOnly {
+		bucket.IamConfiguration = &storage.BucketIamConfiguration{
+			BucketPolicyOnly: &storage.BucketIamConfigurationBucketPolicyOnly{
+				Enabled: true,
+			},
+		}
+	}
 	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
-		_, err = f.svc.Buckets.Insert(f.opt.ProjectNumber, &bucket).PredefinedAcl(f.opt.BucketACL).Do()
+		insertBucket := f.svc.Buckets.Insert(f.opt.ProjectNumber, &bucket)
+		if !f.opt.BucketPolicyOnly {
+			insertBucket.PredefinedAcl(f.opt.BucketACL)
+		}
+		_, err = insertBucket.Do()
 		return shouldRetry(err)
 	})
 	if err == nil {
@@ -958,7 +1011,11 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 	}
 	var newObject *storage.Object
 	err = o.fs.pacer.CallNoRetry(func() (bool, error) {
-		newObject, err = o.fs.svc.Objects.Insert(o.fs.bucket, &object).Media(in, googleapi.ContentType("")).Name(object.Name).PredefinedAcl(o.fs.opt.ObjectACL).Do()
+		insertObject := o.fs.svc.Objects.Insert(o.fs.bucket, &object).Media(in, googleapi.ContentType("")).Name(object.Name)
+		if !o.fs.opt.BucketPolicyOnly {
+			insertObject.PredefinedAcl(o.fs.opt.ObjectACL)
+		}
+		newObject, err = insertObject.Do()
 		return shouldRetry(err)
 	})
 	if err != nil {

backend/http/http.go

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ package http
 
 import (
 	"io"
+	"mime"
 	"net/http"
 	"net/url"
 	"path"
@@ -40,7 +41,26 @@ func init() {
 			Examples: []fs.OptionExample{{
 				Value: "https://example.com",
 				Help:  "Connect to example.com",
+			}, {
+				Value: "https://user:pass@example.com",
+				Help:  "Connect to example.com using a username and password",
 			}},
+		}, {
+			Name: "no_slash",
+			Help: `Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
+
+Use this if your target website does not use / on the end of
+directories.
+
+A / on the end of a path is how rclone normally tells the difference
+between files and directories.  If this flag is set, then rclone will
+treat all files with Content-Type: text/html as directories and read
+URLs from them rather than downloading them.
+
+Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with
+directories.`,
+			Default:  false,
+			Advanced: true,
 		}},
 	}
 	fs.Register(fsi)
@@ -49,6 +69,7 @@ func init() {
 // Options defines the configuration for this backend
 type Options struct {
 	Endpoint string `config:"url"`
+	NoSlash  bool   `config:"no_slash"`
 }
 
 // Fs stores the interface to the remote HTTP files
@@ -248,7 +269,7 @@ func parseName(base *url.URL, name string) (string, error) {
 	}
 	// calculate the name relative to the base
 	name = u.Path[len(base.Path):]
-	// musn't be empty
+	// mustn't be empty
 	if name == "" {
 		return "", errNameIsEmpty
 	}
@@ -267,14 +288,20 @@ func parse(base *url.URL, in io.Reader) (names []string, err error) {
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
-	var walk func(*html.Node)
+	var (
+		walk func(*html.Node)
+		seen = make(map[string]struct{})
+	)
 	walk = func(n *html.Node) {
 		if n.Type == html.ElementNode && n.Data == "a" {
 			for _, a := range n.Attr {
 				if a.Key == "href" {
 					name, err := parseName(base, a.Val)
 					if err == nil {
-						names = append(names, name)
+						if _, found := seen[name]; !found {
+							names = append(names, name)
+							seen[name] = struct{}{}
+						}
 					}
 					break
 				}
@@ -299,14 +326,16 @@ func (f *Fs) readDir(dir string) (names []string, err error) {
 		return nil, errors.Errorf("internal error: readDir URL %q didn't end in /", URL)
 	}
 	res, err := f.httpClient.Get(URL)
-	if err == nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
-		return nil, fs.ErrorDirNotFound
+	if err == nil {
+		defer fs.CheckClose(res.Body, &err)
+		if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
+			return nil, fs.ErrorDirNotFound
+		}
 	}
 	err = statusError(res, err)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to readDir")
 	}
-	defer fs.CheckClose(res.Body, &err)
 
 	contentType := strings.SplitN(res.Header.Get("Content-Type"), ";", 2)[0]
 	switch contentType {
@@ -350,11 +379,16 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 				fs:     f,
 				remote: remote,
 			}
-			if err = file.stat(); err != nil {
+			switch err = file.stat(); err {
+			case nil:
+				entries = append(entries, file)
+			case fs.ErrorNotAFile:
+				// ...found a directory not a file
+				dir := fs.NewDir(remote, timeUnset)
+				entries = append(entries, dir)
+			default:
 				fs.Debugf(remote, "skipping because of error: %v", err)
-				continue
 			}
-			entries = append(entries, file)
 		}
 	}
 	return entries, nil
@@ -430,6 +464,16 @@ func (o *Object) stat() error {
 	o.size = parseInt64(res.Header.Get("Content-Length"), -1)
 	o.modTime = t
 	o.contentType = res.Header.Get("Content-Type")
+	// If NoSlash is set then check ContentType to see if it is a directory
+	if o.fs.opt.NoSlash {
+		mediaType, _, err := mime.ParseMediaType(o.contentType)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to parse Content-Type: %q", o.contentType)
+		}
+		if mediaType == "text/html" {
+			return fs.ErrorNotAFile
+		}
+	}
 	return nil
 }
 

backend/http/http_internal_test.go

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func prepare(t *testing.T) (fs.Fs, func()) {
 	return f, tidy
 }
 
-func testListRoot(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
+func testListRoot(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs, noSlash bool) {
 	entries, err := f.List("")
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -93,15 +93,29 @@ func testListRoot(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
 
 	e = entries[3]
 	assert.Equal(t, "two.html", e.Remote())
-	assert.Equal(t, int64(7), e.Size())
-	_, ok = e.(*Object)
-	assert.True(t, ok)
+	if noSlash {
+		assert.Equal(t, int64(-1), e.Size())
+		_, ok = e.(fs.Directory)
+		assert.True(t, ok)
+	} else {
+		assert.Equal(t, int64(41), e.Size())
+		_, ok = e.(*Object)
+		assert.True(t, ok)
+	}
 }
 
 func TestListRoot(t *testing.T) {
 	f, tidy := prepare(t)
 	defer tidy()
-	testListRoot(t, f)
+	testListRoot(t, f, false)
+}
+
+func TestListRootNoSlash(t *testing.T) {
+	f, tidy := prepare(t)
+	f.(*Fs).opt.NoSlash = true
+	defer tidy()
+
+	testListRoot(t, f, true)
 }
 
 func TestListSubDir(t *testing.T) {
@@ -194,7 +208,7 @@ func TestIsAFileRoot(t *testing.T) {
 	f, err := NewFs(remoteName, "one%.txt", m)
 	assert.Equal(t, err, fs.ErrorIsFile)
 
-	testListRoot(t, f)
+	testListRoot(t, f, false)
 }
 
 func TestIsAFileSubDir(t *testing.T) {

backend/http/test/files/two.html

@@ -1 +1 @@
-potato
+<a href="two.html/file.txt">file.txt</a>

backend/hubic/hubic.go

@@ -9,8 +9,10 @@ package hubic
 import (
 	"encoding/json"
 	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
 	"log"
 	"net/http"
+	"strings"
 	"time"
 
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/swift"
@@ -124,7 +126,9 @@ func (f *Fs) getCredentials() (err error) {
 	}
 	defer fs.CheckClose(resp.Body, &err)
 	if resp.StatusCode < 200 || resp.StatusCode > 299 {
-		return errors.Errorf("failed to get credentials: %s", resp.Status)
+		body, _ := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+		bodyStr := strings.TrimSpace(strings.Replace(string(body), "\n", " ", -1))
+		return errors.Errorf("failed to get credentials: %s: %s", resp.Status, bodyStr)
 	}
 	decoder := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body)
 	var result credentials

backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ const (
 	maxSleep                    = 2 * time.Second
 	decayConstant               = 2 // bigger for slower decay, exponential
 	defaultDevice               = "Jotta"
-	defaultMountpoint           = "Sync"
+	defaultMountpoint           = "Sync" // nolint
 	rootURL                     = "https://www.jottacloud.com/jfs/"
 	apiURL                      = "https://api.jottacloud.com/files/v1/"
 	baseURL                     = "https://www.jottacloud.com/"
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ func init() {
 			var jsonToken api.TokenJSON
 			resp, err := srv.CallJSON(&opts, nil, &jsonToken)
 			if err != nil {
-				// if 2fa is enabled the first request is expected to fail. we'lls do another request with the 2fa code as an additional http header
+				// if 2fa is enabled the first request is expected to fail. We will do another request with the 2fa code as an additional http header
 				if resp != nil {
 					if resp.Header.Get("X-JottaCloud-OTP") == "required; SMS" {
 						fmt.Printf("This account has 2 factor authentication enabled you will receive a verification code via SMS.\n")
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ func init() {
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:     "upload_resume_limit",
-			Help:     "Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload failes.",
+			Help:     "Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's.",
 			Default:  fs.SizeSuffix(10 * 1024 * 1024),
 			Advanced: true,
 		}},
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	endpointURL  string
 	srv          *rest.Client
 	apiSrv       *rest.Client
-	pacer        *pacer.Pacer
+	pacer        *fs.Pacer
 	tokenRenewer *oauthutil.Renew // renew the token on expiry
 }
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ func grantTypeFilter(req *http.Request) {
 		}
 		_ = req.Body.Close()
 
-		// make the refesh token upper case
+		// make the refresh token upper case
 		refreshBody = []byte(strings.Replace(string(refreshBody), "grant_type=refresh_token", "grant_type=REFRESH_TOKEN", 1))
 
 		// set the new ReadCloser (with a dummy Close())
@@ -381,6 +381,9 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	rootIsDir := strings.HasSuffix(root, "/")
 	root = parsePath(root)
 
+	// add jottacloud to the long list of sites that don't follow the oauth spec correctly
+	oauth2.RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider("https://www.jottacloud.com/")
+
 	// the oauth client for the api servers needs
 	// a filter to fix the grant_type issues (see above)
 	baseClient := fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)
@@ -403,7 +406,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		opt:    *opt,
 		srv:    rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(rootURL),
 		apiSrv: rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(apiURL),
-		pacer:  pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer:  fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		CaseInsensitive:         true,
@@ -769,7 +772,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Purge() error {
 	return f.purgeCheck("", false)
 }
 
-// copyOrMoves copys or moves directories or files depending on the mthod parameter
+// copyOrMoves copies or moves directories or files depending on the method parameter
 func (f *Fs) copyOrMove(method, src, dest string) (info *api.JottaFile, err error) {
 	opts := rest.Opts{
 		Method:     "POST",
@@ -1006,7 +1009,7 @@ func (o *Object) MimeType() string {
 // setMetaData sets the metadata from info
 func (o *Object) setMetaData(info *api.JottaFile) (err error) {
 	o.hasMetaData = true
-	o.size = int64(info.Size)
+	o.size = info.Size
 	o.md5 = info.MD5
 	o.mimeType = info.MimeType
 	o.modTime = time.Time(info.ModifiedAt)
@@ -1080,7 +1083,7 @@ func (o *Object) Open(options ...fs.OpenOption) (in io.ReadCloser, err error) {
 func readMD5(in io.Reader, size, threshold int64) (md5sum string, out io.Reader, cleanup func(), err error) {
 	// we need a MD5
 	md5Hasher := md5.New()
-	// use the teeReader to write to the local file AND caclulate the MD5 while doing so
+	// use the teeReader to write to the local file AND calculate the MD5 while doing so
 	teeReader := io.TeeReader(in, md5Hasher)
 
 	// nothing to clean up by default
@@ -1212,7 +1215,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 
 		// finally update the meta data
 		o.hasMetaData = true
-		o.size = int64(result.Bytes)
+		o.size = result.Bytes
 		o.md5 = result.Md5
 		o.modTime = time.Unix(result.Modified/1000, 0)
 	} else {

backend/jottacloud/replace.go

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 Translate file names for JottaCloud adapted from OneDrive
 
 
-The following characters are JottaClous reserved characters, and can't
+The following characters are JottaCloud reserved characters, and can't
 be used in JottaCloud folder and file names.
 
   jottacloud  = "/" / "\" / "*" / "<" / ">" / "?" / "!" / "&" / ":" / ";" / "|" / "#" / "%" / """ / "'" / "." / "~"

backend/koofr/koofr.go

@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+package koofr
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"path"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configmap"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configstruct"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/obscure"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
+
+	httpclient "github.com/koofr/go-httpclient"
+	koofrclient "github.com/koofr/go-koofrclient"
+)
+
+// Register Fs with rclone
+func init() {
+	fs.Register(&fs.RegInfo{
+		Name:        "koofr",
+		Description: "Koofr",
+		NewFs:       NewFs,
+		Options: []fs.Option{
+			{
+				Name:     "endpoint",
+				Help:     "The Koofr API endpoint to use",
+				Default:  "https://app.koofr.net",
+				Required: true,
+				Advanced: true,
+			}, {
+				Name:     "mountid",
+				Help:     "Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.",
+				Required: false,
+				Default:  "",
+				Advanced: true,
+			}, {
+				Name:     "user",
+				Help:     "Your Koofr user name",
+				Required: true,
+			}, {
+				Name:       "password",
+				Help:       "Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)",
+				IsPassword: true,
+				Required:   true,
+			},
+		},
+	})
+}
+
+// Options represent the configuration of the Koofr backend
+type Options struct {
+	Endpoint string `config:"endpoint"`
+	MountID  string `config:"mountid"`
+	User     string `config:"user"`
+	Password string `config:"password"`
+}
+
+// A Fs is a representation of a remote Koofr Fs
+type Fs struct {
+	name     string
+	mountID  string
+	root     string
+	opt      Options
+	features *fs.Features
+	client   *koofrclient.KoofrClient
+}
+
+// An Object on the remote Koofr Fs
+type Object struct {
+	fs     *Fs
+	remote string
+	info   koofrclient.FileInfo
+}
+
+func base(pth string) string {
+	rv := path.Base(pth)
+	if rv == "" || rv == "." {
+		rv = "/"
+	}
+	return rv
+}
+
+func dir(pth string) string {
+	rv := path.Dir(pth)
+	if rv == "" || rv == "." {
+		rv = "/"
+	}
+	return rv
+}
+
+// String returns a string representation of the remote Object
+func (o *Object) String() string {
+	return o.remote
+}
+
+// Remote returns the remote path of the Object, relative to Fs root
+func (o *Object) Remote() string {
+	return o.remote
+}
+
+// ModTime returns the modification time of the Object
+func (o *Object) ModTime() time.Time {
+	return time.Unix(o.info.Modified/1000, (o.info.Modified%1000)*1000*1000)
+}
+
+// Size return the size of the Object in bytes
+func (o *Object) Size() int64 {
+	return o.info.Size
+}
+
+// Fs returns a reference to the Koofr Fs containing the Object
+func (o *Object) Fs() fs.Info {
+	return o.fs
+}
+
+// Hash returns an MD5 hash of the Object
+func (o *Object) Hash(typ hash.Type) (string, error) {
+	if typ == hash.MD5 {
+		return o.info.Hash, nil
+	}
+	return "", nil
+}
+
+// fullPath returns full path of the remote Object (including Fs root)
+func (o *Object) fullPath() string {
+	return o.fs.fullPath(o.remote)
+}
+
+// Storable returns true if the Object is storable
+func (o *Object) Storable() bool {
+	return true
+}
+
+// SetModTime is not supported
+func (o *Object) SetModTime(mtime time.Time) error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Open opens the Object for reading
+func (o *Object) Open(options ...fs.OpenOption) (io.ReadCloser, error) {
+	var sOff, eOff int64 = 0, -1
+
+	for _, option := range options {
+		switch x := option.(type) {
+		case *fs.SeekOption:
+			sOff = x.Offset
+		case *fs.RangeOption:
+			sOff = x.Start
+			eOff = x.End
+		default:
+			if option.Mandatory() {
+				fs.Logf(o, "Unsupported mandatory option: %v", option)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if sOff == 0 && eOff < 0 {
+		return o.fs.client.FilesGet(o.fs.mountID, o.fullPath())
+	}
+	if sOff < 0 {
+		sOff = o.Size() - eOff
+		eOff = o.Size()
+	}
+	if eOff > o.Size() {
+		eOff = o.Size()
+	}
+	span := &koofrclient.FileSpan{
+		Start: sOff,
+		End:   eOff,
+	}
+	return o.fs.client.FilesGetRange(o.fs.mountID, o.fullPath(), span)
+}
+
+// Update updates the Object contents
+func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) error {
+	putopts := &koofrclient.PutFilter{
+		ForceOverwrite:    true,
+		NoRename:          true,
+		IgnoreNonExisting: true,
+	}
+	fullPath := o.fullPath()
+	dirPath := dir(fullPath)
+	name := base(fullPath)
+	err := o.fs.mkdir(dirPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	info, err := o.fs.client.FilesPutOptions(o.fs.mountID, dirPath, name, in, putopts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	o.info = *info
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Remove deletes the remote Object
+func (o *Object) Remove() error {
+	return o.fs.client.FilesDelete(o.fs.mountID, o.fullPath())
+}
+
+// Name returns the name of the Fs
+func (f *Fs) Name() string {
+	return f.name
+}
+
+// Root returns the root path of the Fs
+func (f *Fs) Root() string {
+	return f.root
+}
+
+// String returns a string representation of the Fs
+func (f *Fs) String() string {
+	return "koofr:" + f.mountID + ":" + f.root
+}
+
+// Features returns the optional features supported by this Fs
+func (f *Fs) Features() *fs.Features {
+	return f.features
+}
+
+// Precision denotes that setting modification times is not supported
+func (f *Fs) Precision() time.Duration {
+	return fs.ModTimeNotSupported
+}
+
+// Hashes returns a set of hashes are Provided by the Fs
+func (f *Fs) Hashes() hash.Set {
+	return hash.Set(hash.MD5)
+}
+
+// fullPath constructs a full, absolute path from a Fs root relative path,
+func (f *Fs) fullPath(part string) string {
+	return path.Join("/", f.root, part)
+}
+
+// NewFs constructs a new filesystem given a root path and configuration options
+func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (ff fs.Fs, err error) {
+	opt := new(Options)
+	err = configstruct.Set(m, opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	pass, err := obscure.Reveal(opt.Password)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	client := koofrclient.NewKoofrClient(opt.Endpoint, false)
+	basicAuth := fmt.Sprintf("Basic %s",
+		base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(opt.User+":"+pass)))
+	client.HTTPClient.Headers.Set("Authorization", basicAuth)
+	mounts, err := client.Mounts()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	f := &Fs{
+		name:   name,
+		root:   root,
+		opt:    *opt,
+		client: client,
+	}
+	f.features = (&fs.Features{
+		CaseInsensitive:         true,
+		DuplicateFiles:          false,
+		BucketBased:             false,
+		CanHaveEmptyDirectories: true,
+	}).Fill(f)
+	for _, m := range mounts {
+		if opt.MountID != "" {
+			if m.Id == opt.MountID {
+				f.mountID = m.Id
+				break
+			}
+		} else if m.IsPrimary {
+			f.mountID = m.Id
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	if f.mountID == "" {
+		if opt.MountID == "" {
+			return nil, errors.New("Failed to find primary mount")
+		}
+		return nil, errors.New("Failed to find mount " + opt.MountID)
+	}
+	rootFile, err := f.client.FilesInfo(f.mountID, "/"+f.root)
+	if err == nil && rootFile.Type != "dir" {
+		f.root = dir(f.root)
+		err = fs.ErrorIsFile
+	} else {
+		err = nil
+	}
+	return f, err
+}
+
+// List returns a list of items in a directory
+func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
+	files, err := f.client.FilesList(f.mountID, f.fullPath(dir))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, translateErrorsDir(err)
+	}
+	entries = make([]fs.DirEntry, len(files))
+	for i, file := range files {
+		if file.Type == "dir" {
+			entries[i] = fs.NewDir(path.Join(dir, file.Name), time.Unix(0, 0))
+		} else {
+			entries[i] = &Object{
+				fs:     f,
+				info:   file,
+				remote: path.Join(dir, file.Name),
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return entries, nil
+}
+
+// NewObject creates a new remote Object for a given remote path
+func (f *Fs) NewObject(remote string) (obj fs.Object, err error) {
+	info, err := f.client.FilesInfo(f.mountID, f.fullPath(remote))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, translateErrorsObject(err)
+	}
+	if info.Type == "dir" {
+		return nil, fs.ErrorNotAFile
+	}
+	return &Object{
+		fs:     f,
+		info:   info,
+		remote: remote,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// Put updates a remote Object
+func (f *Fs) Put(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (obj fs.Object, err error) {
+	putopts := &koofrclient.PutFilter{
+		ForceOverwrite:    true,
+		NoRename:          true,
+		IgnoreNonExisting: true,
+	}
+	fullPath := f.fullPath(src.Remote())
+	dirPath := dir(fullPath)
+	name := base(fullPath)
+	err = f.mkdir(dirPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	info, err := f.client.FilesPutOptions(f.mountID, dirPath, name, in, putopts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, translateErrorsObject(err)
+	}
+	return &Object{
+		fs:     f,
+		info:   *info,
+		remote: src.Remote(),
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// PutStream updates a remote Object with a stream of unknown size
+func (f *Fs) PutStream(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (fs.Object, error) {
+	return f.Put(in, src, options...)
+}
+
+// isBadRequest is a predicate which holds true iff the error returned was
+// HTTP status 400
+func isBadRequest(err error) bool {
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case httpclient.InvalidStatusError:
+		if err.Got == http.StatusBadRequest {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// translateErrorsDir translates koofr errors to rclone errors (for a dir
+// operation)
+func translateErrorsDir(err error) error {
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case httpclient.InvalidStatusError:
+		if err.Got == http.StatusNotFound {
+			return fs.ErrorDirNotFound
+		}
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+// translatesErrorsObject translates Koofr errors to rclone errors (for an object operation)
+func translateErrorsObject(err error) error {
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case httpclient.InvalidStatusError:
+		if err.Got == http.StatusNotFound {
+			return fs.ErrorObjectNotFound
+		}
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+// mkdir creates a directory at the given remote path. Creates ancestors if
+// neccessary
+func (f *Fs) mkdir(fullPath string) error {
+	if fullPath == "/" {
+		return nil
+	}
+	info, err := f.client.FilesInfo(f.mountID, fullPath)
+	if err == nil && info.Type == "dir" {
+		return nil
+	}
+	err = translateErrorsDir(err)
+	if err != nil && err != fs.ErrorDirNotFound {
+		return err
+	}
+	dirs := strings.Split(fullPath, "/")
+	parent := "/"
+	for _, part := range dirs {
+		if part == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		info, err = f.client.FilesInfo(f.mountID, path.Join(parent, part))
+		if err != nil || info.Type != "dir" {
+			err = translateErrorsDir(err)
+			if err != nil && err != fs.ErrorDirNotFound {
+				return err
+			}
+			err = f.client.FilesNewFolder(f.mountID, parent, part)
+			if err != nil && !isBadRequest(err) {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		parent = path.Join(parent, part)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Mkdir creates a directory at the given remote path. Creates ancestors if
+// necessary
+func (f *Fs) Mkdir(dir string) error {
+	fullPath := f.fullPath(dir)
+	return f.mkdir(fullPath)
+}
+
+// Rmdir removes an (empty) directory at the given remote path
+func (f *Fs) Rmdir(dir string) error {
+	files, err := f.client.FilesList(f.mountID, f.fullPath(dir))
+	if err != nil {
+		return translateErrorsDir(err)
+	}
+	if len(files) > 0 {
+		return fs.ErrorDirectoryNotEmpty
+	}
+	err = f.client.FilesDelete(f.mountID, f.fullPath(dir))
+	if err != nil {
+		return translateErrorsDir(err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Copy copies a remote Object to the given path
+func (f *Fs) Copy(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
+	dstFullPath := f.fullPath(remote)
+	dstDir := dir(dstFullPath)
+	err := f.mkdir(dstDir)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fs.ErrorCantCopy
+	}
+	err = f.client.FilesCopy((src.(*Object)).fs.mountID,
+		(src.(*Object)).fs.fullPath((src.(*Object)).remote),
+		f.mountID, dstFullPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fs.ErrorCantCopy
+	}
+	return f.NewObject(remote)
+}
+
+// Move moves a remote Object to the given path
+func (f *Fs) Move(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
+	srcObj := src.(*Object)
+	dstFullPath := f.fullPath(remote)
+	dstDir := dir(dstFullPath)
+	err := f.mkdir(dstDir)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fs.ErrorCantMove
+	}
+	err = f.client.FilesMove(srcObj.fs.mountID,
+		srcObj.fs.fullPath(srcObj.remote), f.mountID, dstFullPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fs.ErrorCantMove
+	}
+	return f.NewObject(remote)
+}
+
+// DirMove moves a remote directory to the given path
+func (f *Fs) DirMove(src fs.Fs, srcRemote, dstRemote string) error {
+	srcFs := src.(*Fs)
+	srcFullPath := srcFs.fullPath(srcRemote)
+	dstFullPath := f.fullPath(dstRemote)
+	if srcFs.mountID == f.mountID && srcFullPath == dstFullPath {
+		return fs.ErrorDirExists
+	}
+	dstDir := dir(dstFullPath)
+	err := f.mkdir(dstDir)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fs.ErrorCantDirMove
+	}
+	err = f.client.FilesMove(srcFs.mountID, srcFullPath, f.mountID, dstFullPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fs.ErrorCantDirMove
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// About reports space usage (with a MB precision)
+func (f *Fs) About() (*fs.Usage, error) {
+	mount, err := f.client.MountsDetails(f.mountID)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &fs.Usage{
+		Total:   fs.NewUsageValue(mount.SpaceTotal * 1024 * 1024),
+		Used:    fs.NewUsageValue(mount.SpaceUsed * 1024 * 1024),
+		Trashed: nil,
+		Other:   nil,
+		Free:    fs.NewUsageValue((mount.SpaceTotal - mount.SpaceUsed) * 1024 * 1024),
+		Objects: nil,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// Purge purges the complete Fs
+func (f *Fs) Purge() error {
+	err := translateErrorsDir(f.client.FilesDelete(f.mountID, f.fullPath("")))
+	return err
+}
+
+// linkCreate is a Koofr API request for creating a public link
+type linkCreate struct {
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+}
+
+// link is a Koofr API response to creating a public link
+type link struct {
+	ID               string `json:"id"`
+	Name             string `json:"name"`
+	Path             string `json:"path"`
+	Counter          int64  `json:"counter"`
+	URL              string `json:"url"`
+	ShortURL         string `json:"shortUrl"`
+	Hash             string `json:"hash"`
+	Host             string `json:"host"`
+	HasPassword      bool   `json:"hasPassword"`
+	Password         string `json:"password"`
+	ValidFrom        int64  `json:"validFrom"`
+	ValidTo          int64  `json:"validTo"`
+	PasswordRequired bool   `json:"passwordRequired"`
+}
+
+// createLink makes a Koofr API call to create a public link
+func createLink(c *koofrclient.KoofrClient, mountID string, path string) (*link, error) {
+	linkCreate := linkCreate{
+		Path: path,
+	}
+	linkData := link{}
+
+	request := httpclient.RequestData{
+		Method:         "POST",
+		Path:           "/api/v2/mounts/" + mountID + "/links",
+		ExpectedStatus: []int{http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated},
+		ReqEncoding:    httpclient.EncodingJSON,
+		ReqValue:       linkCreate,
+		RespEncoding:   httpclient.EncodingJSON,
+		RespValue:      &linkData,
+	}
+
+	_, err := c.Request(&request)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &linkData, nil
+}
+
+// PublicLink creates a public link to the remote path
+func (f *Fs) PublicLink(remote string) (string, error) {
+	linkData, err := createLink(f.client, f.mountID, f.fullPath(remote))
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", translateErrorsDir(err)
+	}
+	return linkData.ShortURL, nil
+}

backend/koofr/koofr_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+package koofr_test
+
+import (
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fstest/fstests"
+)
+
+// TestIntegration runs integration tests against the remote
+func TestIntegration(t *testing.T) {
+	fstests.Run(t, &fstests.Opt{
+		RemoteName: "TestKoofr:",
+	})
+}

backend/local/about_unix.go

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ func (f *Fs) About() (*fs.Usage, error) {
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to read disk usage")
 	}
-	bs := int64(s.Bsize)
+	bs := int64(s.Bsize) // nolint: unconvert
 	usage := &fs.Usage{
 		Total: fs.NewUsageValue(bs * int64(s.Blocks)),         // quota of bytes that can be used
 		Used:  fs.NewUsageValue(bs * int64(s.Blocks-s.Bfree)), // bytes in use

backend/local/local.go

@@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ func (f *Fs) Features() *fs.Features {
 	return f.features
 }
 
-// caseInsenstive returns whether the remote is case insensitive or not
+// caseInsensitive returns whether the remote is case insensitive or not
 func (f *Fs) caseInsensitive() bool {
 	// FIXME not entirely accurate since you can have case
-	// sensitive Fses on darwin and case insenstive Fses on linux.
+	// sensitive Fses on darwin and case insensitive Fses on linux.
 	// Should probably check but that would involve creating a
 	// file in the remote to be most accurate which probably isn't
 	// desirable.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ func (f *Fs) newObjectWithInfo(remote, dstPath string, info os.FileInfo) (fs.Obj
 			}
 			return nil, err
 		}
-		// Handle the odd case, that a symlink was specfied by name without the link suffix
+		// Handle the odd case, that a symlink was specified by name without the link suffix
 		if o.fs.opt.TranslateSymlinks && o.mode&os.ModeSymlink != 0 && !o.translatedLink {
 			return nil, fs.ErrorObjectNotFound
 		}
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 
 	if o.translatedLink {
 		if err == nil {
-			// Remove any current symlink or file, if one exsits
+			// Remove any current symlink or file, if one exists
 			if _, err := os.Lstat(o.path); err == nil {
 				if removeErr := os.Remove(o.path); removeErr != nil {
 					fs.Errorf(o, "Failed to remove previous file: %v", removeErr)

backend/local/read_device_unix.go

@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ func readDevice(fi os.FileInfo, oneFileSystem bool) uint64 {
 		fs.Debugf(fi.Name(), "Type assertion fi.Sys().(*syscall.Stat_t) failed from: %#v", fi.Sys())
 		return devUnset
 	}
-	return uint64(statT.Dev)
+	return uint64(statT.Dev) // nolint: unconvert
 }

backend/mega/mega.go

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	opt        Options      // parsed config options
 	features   *fs.Features // optional features
 	srv        *mega.Mega   // the connection to the server
-	pacer      *pacer.Pacer // pacer for API calls
+	pacer      *fs.Pacer    // pacer for API calls
 	rootNodeMu sync.Mutex   // mutex for _rootNode
 	_rootNode  *mega.Node   // root node - call findRoot to use this
 	mkdirMu    sync.Mutex   // used to serialize calls to mkdir / rmdir
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		root:  root,
 		opt:   *opt,
 		srv:   srv,
-		pacer: pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer: fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		DuplicateFiles:          true,
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 // Creates from the parameters passed in a half finished Object which
 // must have setMetaData called on it
 //
-// Returns the dirNode, obect, leaf and error
+// Returns the dirNode, object, leaf and error
 //
 // Used to create new objects
 func (f *Fs) createObject(remote string, modTime time.Time, size int64) (o *Object, dirNode *mega.Node, leaf string, err error) {
@@ -523,10 +523,10 @@ func (f *Fs) createObject(remote string, modTime time.Time, size int64) (o *Obje
 // This will create a duplicate if we upload a new file without
 // checking to see if there is one already - use Put() for that.
 func (f *Fs) Put(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (fs.Object, error) {
-	exisitingObj, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(src.Remote(), nil)
+	existingObj, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(src.Remote(), nil)
 	switch err {
 	case nil:
-		return exisitingObj, exisitingObj.Update(in, src, options...)
+		return existingObj, existingObj.Update(in, src, options...)
 	case fs.ErrorObjectNotFound:
 		// Not found so create it
 		return f.PutUnchecked(in, src)
@@ -847,14 +847,14 @@ func (f *Fs) MergeDirs(dirs []fs.Directory) error {
 				return shouldRetry(err)
 			})
 			if err != nil {
-				return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergDirs move failed on %q in %v", info.GetName(), srcDir)
+				return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergeDirs move failed on %q in %v", info.GetName(), srcDir)
 			}
 		}
 		// rmdir (into trash) the now empty source directory
 		fs.Infof(srcDir, "removing empty directory")
 		err = f.deleteNode(srcDirNode)
 		if err != nil {
-			return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergDirs move failed to rmdir %q", srcDir)
+			return errors.Wrapf(err, "MergeDirs move failed to rmdir %q", srcDir)
 		}
 	}
 	return nil
@@ -1076,6 +1076,9 @@ func (o *Object) Open(options ...fs.OpenOption) (in io.ReadCloser, err error) {
 // The new object may have been created if an error is returned
 func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (err error) {
 	size := src.Size()
+	if size < 0 {
+		return errors.New("mega backend can't upload a file of unknown length")
+	}
 	//modTime := src.ModTime()
 	remote := o.Remote()
 
@@ -1126,7 +1129,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 		return errors.Wrap(err, "failed to finish upload")
 	}
 
-	// If the upload succeded and the original object existed, then delete it
+	// If the upload succeeded and the original object existed, then delete it
 	if o.info != nil {
 		err = o.fs.deleteNode(o.info)
 		if err != nil {

backend/onedrive/api/types.go

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ type Error struct {
 	} `json:"error"`
 }
 
-// Error returns a string for the error and statistifes the error interface
+// Error returns a string for the error and satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	out := e.ErrorInfo.Code
 	if e.ErrorInfo.InnerError.Code != "" {
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	return out
 }
 
-// Check Error statisfies the error interface
+// Check Error satisfies the error interface
 var _ error = (*Error)(nil)
 
 // Identity represents an identity of an actor. For example, and actor
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@ func (i *Item) GetID() string {
 	return i.ID
 }
 
-// GetDriveID returns a normalized ParentReferance of the item
+// GetDriveID returns a normalized ParentReference of the item
 func (i *Item) GetDriveID() string {
-	return i.GetParentReferance().DriveID
+	return i.GetParentReference().DriveID
 }
 
 // GetName returns a normalized Name of the item
@@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ func (i *Item) GetLastModifiedDateTime() Timestamp {
 	return i.LastModifiedDateTime
 }
 
-// GetParentReferance returns a normalized ParentReferance of the item
-func (i *Item) GetParentReferance() *ItemReference {
+// GetParentReference returns a normalized ParentReference of the item
+func (i *Item) GetParentReference() *ItemReference {
 	if i.IsRemote() && i.ParentReference == nil {
 		return i.RemoteItem.ParentReference
 	}

backend/onedrive/onedrive.go

@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ that the chunks will be buffered into memory.`,
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:     "drive_type",
-			Help:     "The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )",
+			Help:     "The type of the drive ( " + driveTypePersonal + " | " + driveTypeBusiness + " | " + driveTypeSharepoint + " )",
 			Default:  "",
 			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	features     *fs.Features       // optional features
 	srv          *rest.Client       // the connection to the one drive server
 	dirCache     *dircache.DirCache // Map of directory path to directory id
-	pacer        *pacer.Pacer       // pacer for API calls
+	pacer        *fs.Pacer          // pacer for API calls
 	tokenRenewer *oauthutil.Renew   // renew the token on expiry
 	driveID      string             // ID to use for querying Microsoft Graph
 	driveType    string             // https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/docs/api-reference/v1.0/resources/drive
@@ -324,19 +324,24 @@ var retryErrorCodes = []int{
 // shouldRetry returns a boolean as to whether this resp and err
 // deserve to be retried.  It returns the err as a convenience
 func shouldRetry(resp *http.Response, err error) (bool, error) {
-	authRety := false
+	authRetry := false
 
 	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 401 && len(resp.Header["Www-Authenticate"]) == 1 && strings.Index(resp.Header["Www-Authenticate"][0], "expired_token") >= 0 {
-		authRety = true
+		authRetry = true
 		fs.Debugf(nil, "Should retry: %v", err)
 	}
-	return authRety || fserrors.ShouldRetry(err) || fserrors.ShouldRetryHTTP(resp, retryErrorCodes), err
+	return authRetry || fserrors.ShouldRetry(err) || fserrors.ShouldRetryHTTP(resp, retryErrorCodes), err
 }
 
 // readMetaDataForPathRelativeToID reads the metadata for a path relative to an item that is addressed by its normalized ID.
 // if `relPath` == "", it reads the metadata for the item with that ID.
+//
+// We address items using the pattern `drives/driveID/items/itemID:/relativePath`
+// instead of simply using `drives/driveID/root:/itemPath` because it works for
+// "shared with me" folders in OneDrive Personal (See #2536, #2778)
+// This path pattern comes from https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/908#issuecomment-417488480
 func (f *Fs) readMetaDataForPathRelativeToID(normalizedID string, relPath string) (info *api.Item, resp *http.Response, err error) {
-	opts := newOptsCall(normalizedID, "GET", ":/"+rest.URLPathEscape(replaceReservedChars(relPath)))
+	opts := newOptsCall(normalizedID, "GET", ":/"+withTrailingColon(rest.URLPathEscape(replaceReservedChars(relPath))))
 	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
 		resp, err = f.srv.CallJSON(&opts, nil, &info)
 		return shouldRetry(resp, err)
@@ -475,7 +480,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		driveID:   opt.DriveID,
 		driveType: opt.DriveType,
 		srv:       rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(graphURL + "/drives/" + opt.DriveID),
-		pacer:     pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer:     fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		CaseInsensitive:         true,
@@ -703,9 +708,7 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 			id := info.GetID()
 			f.dirCache.Put(remote, id)
 			d := fs.NewDir(remote, time.Time(info.GetLastModifiedDateTime())).SetID(id)
-			if folder != nil {
-				d.SetItems(folder.ChildCount)
-			}
+			d.SetItems(folder.ChildCount)
 			entries = append(entries, d)
 		} else {
 			o, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(remote, info)
@@ -819,9 +822,6 @@ func (f *Fs) purgeCheck(dir string, check bool) error {
 		return err
 	}
 	f.dirCache.FlushDir(dir)
-	if err != nil {
-		return err
-	}
 	return nil
 }
 
@@ -1340,12 +1340,12 @@ func (o *Object) setModTime(modTime time.Time) (*api.Item, error) {
 		opts = rest.Opts{
 			Method:  "PATCH",
 			RootURL: rootURL,
-			Path:    "/" + drive + "/items/" + trueDirID + ":/" + rest.URLPathEscape(leaf),
+			Path:    "/" + drive + "/items/" + trueDirID + ":/" + withTrailingColon(rest.URLPathEscape(leaf)),
 		}
 	} else {
 		opts = rest.Opts{
 			Method: "PATCH",
-			Path:   "/root:/" + rest.URLPathEscape(o.srvPath()),
+			Path:   "/root:/" + withTrailingColon(rest.URLPathEscape(o.srvPath())),
 		}
 	}
 	update := api.SetFileSystemInfo{
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ func (o *Object) cancelUploadSession(url string) (err error) {
 // uploadMultipart uploads a file using multipart upload
 func (o *Object) uploadMultipart(in io.Reader, size int64, modTime time.Time) (info *api.Item, err error) {
 	if size <= 0 {
-		panic("size passed into uploadMultipart must be > 0")
+		return nil, errors.New("unknown-sized upload not supported")
 	}
 
 	// Create upload session
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ func (o *Object) uploadMultipart(in io.Reader, size int64, modTime time.Time) (i
 // This function will set modtime after uploading, which will create a new version for the remote file
 func (o *Object) uploadSinglepart(in io.Reader, size int64, modTime time.Time) (info *api.Item, err error) {
 	if size < 0 || size > int64(fs.SizeSuffix(4*1024*1024)) {
-		panic("size passed into uploadSinglepart must be >= 0 and <= 4MiB")
+		return nil, errors.New("size passed into uploadSinglepart must be >= 0 and <= 4MiB")
 	}
 
 	fs.Debugf(o, "Starting singlepart upload")
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 	} else if size == 0 {
 		info, err = o.uploadSinglepart(in, size, modTime)
 	} else {
-		panic("src file size must be >= 0")
+		return errors.New("unknown-sized upload not supported")
 	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
@@ -1668,6 +1668,21 @@ func getRelativePathInsideBase(base, target string) (string, bool) {
 	return "", false
 }
 
+// Adds a ":" at the end of `remotePath` in a proper manner.
+// If `remotePath` already ends with "/", change it to ":/"
+// If `remotePath` is "", return "".
+// A workaround for #2720 and #3039
+func withTrailingColon(remotePath string) string {
+	if remotePath == "" {
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	if strings.HasSuffix(remotePath, "/") {
+		return remotePath[:len(remotePath)-1] + ":/"
+	}
+	return remotePath + ":"
+}
+
 // Check the interfaces are satisfied
 var (
 	_ fs.Fs              = (*Fs)(nil)

backend/opendrive/opendrive.go

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	opt      Options            // parsed options
 	features *fs.Features       // optional features
 	srv      *rest.Client       // the connection to the server
-	pacer    *pacer.Pacer       // To pace and retry the API calls
+	pacer    *fs.Pacer          // To pace and retry the API calls
 	session  UserSessionInfo    // contains the session data
 	dirCache *dircache.DirCache // Map of directory path to directory id
 }
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (f *Fs) DirCacheFlush() {
 	f.dirCache.ResetRoot()
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, bucket:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		root:  root,
 		opt:   *opt,
 		srv:   rest.NewClient(fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)).SetErrorHandler(errorHandler),
-		pacer: pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer: fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 
 	f.dirCache = dircache.New(root, "0", f)
@@ -287,9 +287,6 @@ func (f *Fs) purgeCheck(dir string, check bool) error {
 		return err
 	}
 	f.dirCache.FlushDir(dir)
-	if err != nil {
-		return err
-	}
 	return nil
 }
 
@@ -785,7 +782,7 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 		remote := path.Join(dir, folder.Name)
 		// cache the directory ID for later lookups
 		f.dirCache.Put(remote, folder.FolderID)
-		d := fs.NewDir(remote, time.Unix(int64(folder.DateModified), 0)).SetID(folder.FolderID)
+		d := fs.NewDir(remote, time.Unix(folder.DateModified, 0)).SetID(folder.FolderID)
 		d.SetItems(int64(folder.ChildFolders))
 		entries = append(entries, d)
 	}

backend/opendrive/types.go

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ type Error struct {
 	} `json:"error"`
 }
 
-// Error statisfies the error interface
+// Error satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	return fmt.Sprintf("%s (Error %d)", e.Info.Message, e.Info.Code)
 }

backend/pcloud/api/types.go

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ type Error struct {
 	ErrorString string `json:"error"`
 }
 
-// Error returns a string for the error and statistifes the error interface
+// Error returns a string for the error and satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	return fmt.Sprintf("pcloud error: %s (%d)", e.ErrorString, e.Result)
 }
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (e *Error) Update(err error) error {
 	return e
 }
 
-// Check Error statisfies the error interface
+// Check Error satisfies the error interface
 var _ error = (*Error)(nil)
 
 // Item describes a folder or a file as returned by Get Folder Items and others
@@ -161,7 +161,6 @@ type UserInfo struct {
 	PublicLinkQuota       int64  `json:"publiclinkquota"`
 	Email                 string `json:"email"`
 	UserID                int    `json:"userid"`
-	Result                int    `json:"result"`
 	Quota                 int64  `json:"quota"`
 	TrashRevretentionDays int    `json:"trashrevretentiondays"`
 	Premium               bool   `json:"premium"`

backend/pcloud/pcloud.go

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	features     *fs.Features       // optional features
 	srv          *rest.Client       // the connection to the server
 	dirCache     *dircache.DirCache // Map of directory path to directory id
-	pacer        *pacer.Pacer       // pacer for API calls
+	pacer        *fs.Pacer          // pacer for API calls
 	tokenRenewer *oauthutil.Renew   // renew the token on expiry
 }
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		root:  root,
 		opt:   *opt,
 		srv:   rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(rootURL),
-		pacer: pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer: fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		CaseInsensitive:         false,
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ func fileIDtoNumber(fileID string) string {
 	if len(fileID) > 0 && fileID[0] == 'f' {
 		return fileID[1:]
 	}
-	fs.Debugf(nil, "Invalid filee id %q", fileID)
+	fs.Debugf(nil, "Invalid file id %q", fileID)
 	return fileID
 }
 

backend/qingstor/qingstor.go

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Copy(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 	}
 	_, err = bucketInit.PutObject(key, &req)
 	if err != nil {
-		fs.Debugf(f, "Copied Faild, API Error: %v", err)
+		fs.Debugf(f, "Copy Failed, API Error: %v", err)
 		return nil, err
 	}
 	return f.NewObject(remote)
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Mkdir(dir string) error {
 		}
 		switch *statistics.Status {
 		case "deleted":
-			fs.Debugf(f, "Wiat for qingstor sync bucket status, retries: %d", retries)
+			fs.Debugf(f, "Wait for qingstor sync bucket status, retries: %d", retries)
 			time.Sleep(time.Second * 1)
 			retries++
 			continue
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ func (o *Object) readMetaData() (err error) {
 	fs.Debugf(o, "Read metadata of key: %s", key)
 	resp, err := bucketInit.HeadObject(key, &qs.HeadObjectInput{})
 	if err != nil {
-		fs.Debugf(o, "Read metadata faild, API Error: %v", err)
+		fs.Debugf(o, "Read metadata failed, API Error: %v", err)
 		if e, ok := err.(*qsErr.QingStorError); ok {
 			if e.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
 				return fs.ErrorObjectNotFound

backend/qingstor/upload.go

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ func (u *uploader) init() {
 
 		// Try to adjust partSize if it is too small and account for
 		// integer division truncation.
-		if u.totalSize/u.cfg.partSize >= int64(u.cfg.partSize) {
+		if u.totalSize/u.cfg.partSize >= u.cfg.partSize {
 			// Add one to the part size to account for remainders
 			// during the size calculation. e.g odd number of bytes.
 			u.cfg.partSize = (u.totalSize / int64(u.cfg.maxUploadParts)) + 1
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ func (u *uploader) singlePartUpload(buf io.Reader, size int64) error {
 
 	_, err := bucketInit.PutObject(u.cfg.key, &req)
 	if err == nil {
-		fs.Debugf(u, "Upload single objcet finished")
+		fs.Debugf(u, "Upload single object finished")
 	}
 	return err
 }

backend/s3/s3.go

@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ func init() {
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-west-2",
 				Help:  "EU (London) Region\nNeeds location constraint eu-west-2.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "eu-north-1",
+				Help:  "EU (Stockholm) Region\nNeeds location constraint eu-north-1.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-central-1",
 				Help:  "EU (Frankfurt) Region\nNeeds location constraint eu-central-1.",
@@ -234,10 +237,10 @@ func init() {
 				Help:  "EU Cross Region Amsterdam Private Endpoint",
 			}, {
 				Value: "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.softlayer.net",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Endpoint",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Endpoint",
 			}, {
 				Value: "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Private Endpoint",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Private Endpoint",
 			}, {
 				Value: "s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net",
 				Help:  "APAC Cross Regional Endpoint",
@@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ func init() {
 			Help:     "Endpoint for S3 API.\nRequired when using an S3 clone.",
 			Provider: "!AWS,IBMCOS,Alibaba",
 			Examples: []fs.OptionExample{{
-				Value:    "objects-us-west-1.dream.io",
+				Value:    "objects-us-east-1.dream.io",
 				Help:     "Dream Objects endpoint",
 				Provider: "Dreamhost",
 			}, {
@@ -392,6 +395,9 @@ func init() {
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-west-2",
 				Help:  "EU (London) Region.",
+			}, {
+				Value: "eu-north-1",
+				Help:  "EU (Stockholm) Region.",
 			}, {
 				Value: "EU",
 				Help:  "EU Region.",
@@ -444,7 +450,7 @@ func init() {
 				Help:  "US East Region Flex",
 			}, {
 				Value: "us-south-standard",
-				Help:  "US Sout hRegion Standard",
+				Help:  "US South Region Standard",
 			}, {
 				Value: "us-south-vault",
 				Help:  "US South Region Vault",
@@ -468,16 +474,16 @@ func init() {
 				Help:  "EU Cross Region Flex",
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-gb-standard",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Standard",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Standard",
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-gb-vault",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Vault",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Vault",
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-gb-cold",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Cold",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Cold",
 			}, {
 				Value: "eu-gb-flex",
-				Help:  "Great Britan Flex",
+				Help:  "Great Britain Flex",
 			}, {
 				Value: "ap-standard",
 				Help:  "APAC Standard",
@@ -776,7 +782,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	bucketOKMu    sync.Mutex       // mutex to protect bucket OK
 	bucketOK      bool             // true if we have created the bucket
 	bucketDeleted bool             // true if we have deleted the bucket
-	pacer         *pacer.Pacer     // To pace the API calls
+	pacer         *fs.Pacer        // To pace the API calls
 	srv           *http.Client     // a plain http client
 }
 
@@ -836,7 +842,7 @@ var retryErrorCodes = []int{
 func (f *Fs) shouldRetry(err error) (bool, error) {
 	// If this is an awserr object, try and extract more useful information to determine if we should retry
 	if awsError, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
-		// Simple case, check the original embedded error in case it's generically retriable
+		// Simple case, check the original embedded error in case it's generically retryable
 		if fserrors.ShouldRetry(awsError.OrigErr()) {
 			return true, err
 		}
@@ -1049,7 +1055,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		c:      c,
 		bucket: bucket,
 		ses:    ses,
-		pacer:  pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetPacer(pacer.S3Pacer),
+		pacer:  fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewS3(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep))),
 		srv:    fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{

backend/sftp/sftp.go

@@ -427,6 +427,12 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		sshConfig.Auth = append(sshConfig.Auth, ssh.Password(clearpass))
 	}
 
+	return NewFsWithConnection(name, root, opt, sshConfig)
+}
+
+// NewFsWithConnection creates a new Fs object from the name and root and a ssh.ClientConfig. It connects to
+// the host specified in the ssh.ClientConfig
+func NewFsWithConnection(name string, root string, opt *Options, sshConfig *ssh.ClientConfig) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	f := &Fs{
 		name:      name,
 		root:      root,

backend/swift/auth.go

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ package swift
 
 import (
 	"net/http"
+	"time"
 
 	"github.com/ncw/swift"
 )
@@ -65,6 +66,14 @@ func (a *auth) Token() string {
 	return a.parentAuth.Token()
 }
 
+// Expires returns the time the token expires if known or Zero if not.
+func (a *auth) Expires() (t time.Time) {
+	if do, ok := a.parentAuth.(swift.Expireser); ok {
+		t = do.Expires()
+	}
+	return t
+}
+
 // The CDN url if available
 func (a *auth) CdnUrl() string { // nolint
 	if a.parentAuth == nil {
@@ -74,4 +83,7 @@ func (a *auth) CdnUrl() string { // nolint
 }
 
 // Check the interfaces are satisfied
-var _ swift.Authenticator = (*auth)(nil)
+var (
+	_ swift.Authenticator = (*auth)(nil)
+	_ swift.Expireser     = (*auth)(nil)
+)

backend/swift/swift.go

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	StorageURL                  string        `config:"storage_url"`
 	AuthToken                   string        `config:"auth_token"`
 	AuthVersion                 int           `config:"auth_version"`
-	ApplicationCredentialId     string        `config:"application_credential_id"`
+	ApplicationCredentialID     string        `config:"application_credential_id"`
 	ApplicationCredentialName   string        `config:"application_credential_name"`
 	ApplicationCredentialSecret string        `config:"application_credential_secret"`
 	StoragePolicy               string        `config:"storage_policy"`
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	containerOK       bool              // true if we have created the container
 	segmentsContainer string            // container to store the segments (if any) in
 	noCheckContainer  bool              // don't check the container before creating it
-	pacer             *pacer.Pacer      // To pace the API calls
+	pacer             *fs.Pacer         // To pace the API calls
 }
 
 // Object describes a swift object
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ func swiftConnection(opt *Options, name string) (*swift.Connection, error) {
 		StorageUrl:                  opt.StorageURL,
 		AuthToken:                   opt.AuthToken,
 		AuthVersion:                 opt.AuthVersion,
-		ApplicationCredentialId:     opt.ApplicationCredentialId,
+		ApplicationCredentialId:     opt.ApplicationCredentialID,
 		ApplicationCredentialName:   opt.ApplicationCredentialName,
 		ApplicationCredentialSecret: opt.ApplicationCredentialSecret,
 		EndpointType:                swift.EndpointType(opt.EndpointType),
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ func NewFsWithConnection(opt *Options, name, root string, c *swift.Connection, n
 		segmentsContainer: container + "_segments",
 		root:              directory,
 		noCheckContainer:  noCheckContainer,
-		pacer:             pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetPacer(pacer.S3Pacer),
+		pacer:             fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewS3(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep))),
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		ReadMimeType:  true,
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ func NewFsWithConnection(opt *Options, name, root string, c *swift.Connection, n
 	return f, nil
 }
 
-// NewFs contstructs an Fs from the path, container:path
+// NewFs constructs an Fs from the path, container:path
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	// Parse config into Options struct
 	opt := new(Options)

backend/union/union.go

@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ func (f *Fs) DirMove(src fs.Fs, srcRemote, dstRemote string) error {
 // At least one value will be written to the channel,
 // specifying the initial value and updated values might
 // follow. A 0 Duration should pause the polling.
-// The ChangeNotify implemantion must empty the channel
-// regulary. When the channel gets closed, the implemantion
+// The ChangeNotify implementation must empty the channel
+// regularly. When the channel gets closed, the implementation
 // should stop polling and release resources.
 func (f *Fs) ChangeNotify(fn func(string, fs.EntryType), ch <-chan time.Duration) {
 	var remoteChans []chan time.Duration

backend/webdav/api/types.go

@@ -66,12 +66,13 @@ type Response struct {
 // Note that status collects all the status values for which we just
 // check the first is OK.
 type Prop struct {
-	Status    []string  `xml:"DAV: status"`
-	Name      string    `xml:"DAV: prop>displayname,omitempty"`
-	Type      *xml.Name `xml:"DAV: prop>resourcetype>collection,omitempty"`
-	Size      int64     `xml:"DAV: prop>getcontentlength,omitempty"`
-	Modified  Time      `xml:"DAV: prop>getlastmodified,omitempty"`
-	Checksums []string  `xml:"prop>checksums>checksum,omitempty"`
+	Status       []string  `xml:"DAV: status"`
+	Name         string    `xml:"DAV: prop>displayname,omitempty"`
+	Type         *xml.Name `xml:"DAV: prop>resourcetype>collection,omitempty"`
+	IsCollection *string   `xml:"DAV: prop>iscollection,omitempty"` // this is a Microsoft extension see #2716
+	Size         int64     `xml:"DAV: prop>getcontentlength,omitempty"`
+	Modified     Time      `xml:"DAV: prop>getlastmodified,omitempty"`
+	Checksums    []string  `xml:"prop>checksums>checksum,omitempty"`
 }
 
 // Parse a status of the form "HTTP/1.1 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.1 200"
@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ type PropValue struct {
 	Value   string   `xml:",chardata"`
 }
 
-// Error is used to desribe webdav errors
+// Error is used to describe webdav errors
 //
 // <d:error xmlns:d="DAV:" xmlns:s="http://sabredav.org/ns">
 //   <s:exception>Sabre\DAV\Exception\NotFound</s:exception>
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ type Error struct {
 	StatusCode int
 }
 
-// Error returns a string for the error and statistifes the error interface
+// Error returns a string for the error and satisfies the error interface
 func (e *Error) Error() string {
 	var out []string
 	if e.Message != "" {

backend/webdav/odrvcookie/fetch.go

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func (ca *CookieAuth) Cookies() (*CookieResponse, error) {
 func (ca *CookieAuth) getSPCookie(conf *SuccessResponse) (*CookieResponse, error) {
 	spRoot, err := url.Parse(ca.endpoint)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "Error while contructing endpoint URL")
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "Error while constructing endpoint URL")
 	}
 
 	u, err := url.Parse("https://" + spRoot.Host + "/_forms/default.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0")
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (ca *CookieAuth) getSPCookie(conf *SuccessResponse) (*CookieResponse, error
 		Jar: jar,
 	}
 
-	// Send the previously aquired Token as a Post parameter
+	// Send the previously acquired Token as a Post parameter
 	if _, err = client.Post(u.String(), "text/xml", strings.NewReader(conf.Succ.Token)); err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "Error while grabbing cookies from endpoint: %v")
 	}

backend/webdav/odrvcookie/renew.go

@@ -2,13 +2,10 @@ package odrvcookie
 
 import (
 	"time"
-
-	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/rest"
 )
 
 // CookieRenew holds information for the renew
 type CookieRenew struct {
-	srv     *rest.Client
 	timer   *time.Ticker
 	renewFn func()
 }

backend/webdav/webdav.go

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	endpoint           *url.URL      // URL of the host
 	endpointURL        string        // endpoint as a string
 	srv                *rest.Client  // the connection to the one drive server
-	pacer              *pacer.Pacer  // pacer for API calls
+	pacer              *fs.Pacer     // pacer for API calls
 	precision          time.Duration // mod time precision
 	canStream          bool          // set if can stream
 	useOCMtime         bool          // set if can use X-OC-Mtime
@@ -172,6 +172,18 @@ func itemIsDir(item *api.Response) bool {
 		}
 		fs.Debugf(nil, "Unknown resource type %q/%q on %q", t.Space, t.Local, item.Props.Name)
 	}
+	// the iscollection prop is a Microsoft extension, but if present it is a reliable indicator
+	// if the above check failed - see #2716. This can be an integer or a boolean - see #2964
+	if t := item.Props.IsCollection; t != nil {
+		switch x := strings.ToLower(*t); x {
+		case "0", "false":
+			return false
+		case "1", "true":
+			return true
+		default:
+			fs.Debugf(nil, "Unknown value %q for IsCollection", x)
+		}
+	}
 	return false
 }
 
@@ -244,7 +256,7 @@ func errorHandler(resp *http.Response) error {
 	return errResponse
 }
 
-// addShlash makes sure s is terminated with a / if non empty
+// addSlash makes sure s is terminated with a / if non empty
 func addSlash(s string) string {
 	if s != "" && !strings.HasSuffix(s, "/") {
 		s += "/"
@@ -306,7 +318,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		endpoint:    u,
 		endpointURL: u.String(),
 		srv:         rest.NewClient(fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)).SetRoot(u.String()),
-		pacer:       pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer:       fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 		precision:   fs.ModTimeNotSupported,
 	}
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
@@ -632,10 +644,18 @@ func (f *Fs) _mkdir(dirPath string) error {
 		Path:       dirPath,
 		NoResponse: true,
 	}
-	return f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
+	err := f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
 		resp, err := f.srv.Call(&opts)
 		return shouldRetry(resp, err)
 	})
+	if apiErr, ok := err.(*api.Error); ok {
+		// already exists
+		// owncloud returns 423/StatusLocked if the create is already in progress
+		if apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusMethodNotAllowed || apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusNotAcceptable || apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusLocked {
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return err
 }
 
 // mkdir makes the directory and parents using native paths
@@ -643,11 +663,7 @@ func (f *Fs) mkdir(dirPath string) error {
 	// defer log.Trace(dirPath, "")("")
 	err := f._mkdir(dirPath)
 	if apiErr, ok := err.(*api.Error); ok {
-		// already exists
-		if apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusMethodNotAllowed || apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusNotAcceptable {
-			return nil
-		}
-		// parent does not exist
+		// parent does not exist so create it first then try again
 		if apiErr.StatusCode == http.StatusConflict {
 			err = f.mkParentDir(dirPath)
 			if err == nil {
@@ -900,11 +916,13 @@ func (f *Fs) About() (*fs.Usage, error) {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "about call failed")
 	}
 	usage := &fs.Usage{}
-	if q.Available >= 0 && q.Used >= 0 {
-		usage.Total = fs.NewUsageValue(q.Available + q.Used)
-	}
-	if q.Used >= 0 {
-		usage.Used = fs.NewUsageValue(q.Used)
+	if q.Available != 0 || q.Used != 0 {
+		if q.Available >= 0 && q.Used >= 0 {
+			usage.Total = fs.NewUsageValue(q.Available + q.Used)
+		}
+		if q.Used >= 0 {
+			usage.Used = fs.NewUsageValue(q.Used)
+		}
 	}
 	return usage, nil
 }

backend/yandex/api/types.go

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ type AsyncInfo struct {
 	Templated bool   `json:"templated"`
 }
 
-// AsyncStatus is returned when requesting the status of an async operations. Possble values in-progress, success, failure
+// AsyncStatus is returned when requesting the status of an async operations. Possible values in-progress, success, failure
 type AsyncStatus struct {
 	Status string `json:"status"`
 }

backend/yandex/yandex.go

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ type Fs struct {
 	opt      Options      // parsed options
 	features *fs.Features // optional features
 	srv      *rest.Client // the connection to the yandex server
-	pacer    *pacer.Pacer // pacer for API calls
+	pacer    *fs.Pacer    // pacer for API calls
 	diskRoot string       // root path with "disk:/" container name
 }
 
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		name:  name,
 		opt:   *opt,
 		srv:   rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(rootURL),
-		pacer: pacer.New().SetMinSleep(minSleep).SetMaxSleep(maxSleep).SetDecayConstant(decayConstant),
+		pacer: fs.NewPacer(pacer.NewDefault(pacer.MinSleep(minSleep), pacer.MaxSleep(maxSleep), pacer.DecayConstant(decayConstant))),
 	}
 	f.setRoot(root)
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ func (f *Fs) itemToDirEntry(remote string, object *api.ResourceInfoResponse) (fs
 		if err != nil {
 			return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "error parsing time in directory item")
 		}
-		d := fs.NewDir(remote, t).SetSize(int64(object.Size))
+		d := fs.NewDir(remote, t).SetSize(object.Size)
 		return d, nil
 	case "file":
 		o, err := f.newObjectWithInfo(remote, object)
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Purge() error {
 	return f.purgeCheck("", false)
 }
 
-// copyOrMoves copys or moves directories or files depending on the mthod parameter
+// copyOrMoves copies or moves directories or files depending on the method parameter
 func (f *Fs) copyOrMove(method, src, dst string, overwrite bool) (err error) {
 	opts := rest.Opts{
 		Method:     "POST",
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 		return err
 	}
 
-	//if file uploaded sucessfully then return metadata
+	//if file uploaded successfully then return metadata
 	o.modTime = modTime
 	o.md5sum = ""                   // according to unit tests after put the md5 is empty.
 	o.size = int64(in1.BytesRead()) // better solution o.readMetaData() ?

bin/get-github-release.go

@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
 package main
 
 import (
+	"archive/tar"
+	"compress/gzip"
 	"encoding/json"
 	"flag"
 	"fmt"
@@ -15,13 +17,18 @@ import (
 	"io/ioutil"
 	"log"
 	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
 	"os"
 	"os/exec"
+	"path"
 	"path/filepath"
 	"regexp"
+	"runtime"
 	"strings"
 	"time"
 
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/rest"
+	"golang.org/x/net/html"
 	"golang.org/x/sys/unix"
 )
 
@@ -30,8 +37,15 @@ var (
 	install = flag.Bool("install", false, "Install the downloaded package using sudo dpkg -i.")
 	extract = flag.String("extract", "", "Extract the named executable from the .tar.gz and install into bindir.")
 	bindir  = flag.String("bindir", defaultBinDir(), "Directory to install files downloaded with -extract.")
+	useAPI  = flag.Bool("use-api", false, "Use the API for finding the release instead of scraping the page.")
 	// Globals
-	matchProject = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\w+)/(\w+)$`)
+	matchProject = regexp.MustCompile(`^([\w-]+)/([\w-]+)$`)
+	osAliases    = map[string][]string{
+		"darwin": []string{"macos", "osx"},
+	}
+	archAliases = map[string][]string{
+		"amd64": []string{"x86_64"},
+	}
 )
 
 // A github release
@@ -113,25 +127,41 @@ func writable(path string) bool {
 
 // Directory to install releases in by default
 //
-// Find writable directories on $PATH.  Use the first writable
-// directory which is in $HOME or failing that the first writable
-// directory.
+// Find writable directories on $PATH.  Use $GOPATH/bin if that is on
+// the path and writable or use the first writable directory which is
+// in $HOME or failing that the first writable directory.
 //
 // Returns "" if none of the above were found
 func defaultBinDir() string {
 	home := os.Getenv("HOME")
-	var binDir string
+	var (
+		bin       string
+		homeBin   string
+		goHomeBin string
+		gopath    = os.Getenv("GOPATH")
+	)
 	for _, dir := range strings.Split(os.Getenv("PATH"), ":") {
 		if writable(dir) {
 			if strings.HasPrefix(dir, home) {
-				return dir
+				if homeBin != "" {
+					homeBin = dir
+				}
+				if gopath != "" && strings.HasPrefix(dir, gopath) && goHomeBin == "" {
+					goHomeBin = dir
+				}
 			}
-			if binDir != "" {
-				binDir = dir
+			if bin == "" {
+				bin = dir
 			}
 		}
 	}
-	return binDir
+	if goHomeBin != "" {
+		return goHomeBin
+	}
+	if homeBin != "" {
+		return homeBin
+	}
+	return bin
 }
 
 // read the body or an error message
@@ -175,7 +205,8 @@ func getAsset(project string, matchName *regexp.Regexp) (string, string) {
 	}
 
 	for _, asset := range release.Assets {
-		if matchName.MatchString(asset.Name) {
+		//log.Printf("Finding %s", asset.Name)
+		if matchName.MatchString(asset.Name) && isOurOsArch(asset.Name) {
 			return asset.BrowserDownloadURL, asset.Name
 		}
 	}
@@ -183,6 +214,73 @@ func getAsset(project string, matchName *regexp.Regexp) (string, string) {
 	return "", ""
 }
 
+// Get an asset URL and name by scraping the downloads page
+//
+// This doesn't use the API so isn't rate limited when not using GITHUB login details
+func getAssetFromReleasesPage(project string, matchName *regexp.Regexp) (assetURL string, assetName string) {
+	baseURL := "https://github.com/" + project + "/releases"
+	log.Printf("Fetching asset info for %q from %q", project, baseURL)
+	base, err := url.Parse(baseURL)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatalf("URL Parse failed: %v", err)
+	}
+	resp, err := http.Get(baseURL)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to fetch release info %q: %v", baseURL, err)
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	if resp.StatusCode != http.StatusOK {
+		log.Printf("Error: %s", readBody(resp.Body))
+		log.Fatalf("Bad status %d when fetching %q release info: %s", resp.StatusCode, baseURL, resp.Status)
+	}
+	doc, err := html.Parse(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to parse web page: %v", err)
+	}
+	var walk func(*html.Node)
+	walk = func(n *html.Node) {
+		if n.Type == html.ElementNode && n.Data == "a" {
+			for _, a := range n.Attr {
+				if a.Key == "href" {
+					if name := path.Base(a.Val); matchName.MatchString(name) && isOurOsArch(name) {
+						if u, err := rest.URLJoin(base, a.Val); err == nil {
+							if assetName == "" {
+								assetName = name
+								assetURL = u.String()
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					break
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
+			walk(c)
+		}
+	}
+	walk(doc)
+	if assetName == "" || assetURL == "" {
+		log.Fatalf("Didn't find URL in page")
+	}
+	return assetURL, assetName
+}
+
+// isOurOsArch returns true if s contains our OS and our Arch
+func isOurOsArch(s string) bool {
+	s = strings.ToLower(s)
+	check := func(base string, aliases map[string][]string) bool {
+		names := []string{base}
+		names = append(names, aliases[base]...)
+		for _, name := range names {
+			if strings.Contains(s, name) {
+				return true
+			}
+		}
+		return false
+	}
+	return check(runtime.GOARCH, archAliases) && check(runtime.GOOS, osAliases)
+}
+
 // get a file for download
 func getFile(url, fileName string) {
 	log.Printf("Downloading %q from %q", fileName, url)
@@ -229,6 +327,66 @@ func run(args ...string) {
 	}
 }
 
+// Untars fileName from srcFile
+func untar(srcFile, fileName, extractDir string) {
+	f, err := os.Open(srcFile)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatalf("Couldn't open tar: %v", err)
+	}
+	defer func() {
+		err := f.Close()
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Fatalf("Couldn't close tar: %v", err)
+		}
+	}()
+
+	var in io.Reader = f
+
+	srcExt := filepath.Ext(srcFile)
+	if srcExt == ".gz" || srcExt == ".tgz" {
+		gzf, err := gzip.NewReader(f)
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Fatalf("Couldn't open gzip: %v", err)
+		}
+		in = gzf
+	}
+
+	tarReader := tar.NewReader(in)
+
+	for {
+		header, err := tarReader.Next()
+		if err == io.EOF {
+			break
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			log.Fatalf("Trouble reading tar file: %v", err)
+		}
+		name := header.Name
+		switch header.Typeflag {
+		case tar.TypeReg:
+			baseName := filepath.Base(name)
+			if baseName == fileName {
+				outPath := filepath.Join(extractDir, fileName)
+				out, err := os.OpenFile(outPath, os.O_WRONLY|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, 0777)
+				if err != nil {
+					log.Fatalf("Couldn't open output file: %v", err)
+				}
+				defer func() {
+					err := out.Close()
+					if err != nil {
+						log.Fatalf("Couldn't close output: %v", err)
+					}
+				}()
+				n, err := io.Copy(out, tarReader)
+				if err != nil {
+					log.Fatalf("Couldn't write output file: %v", err)
+				}
+				log.Printf("Wrote %s (%d bytes) as %q", fileName, n, outPath)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
 func main() {
 	flag.Parse()
 	args := flag.Args()
@@ -244,7 +402,12 @@ func main() {
 		log.Fatalf("Invalid regexp for name %q: %v", nameRe, err)
 	}
 
-	assetURL, assetName := getAsset(project, matchName)
+	var assetURL, assetName string
+	if *useAPI {
+		assetURL, assetName = getAsset(project, matchName)
+	} else {
+		assetURL, assetName = getAssetFromReleasesPage(project, matchName)
+	}
 	fileName := filepath.Join(os.TempDir(), assetName)
 	getFile(assetURL, fileName)
 
@@ -257,8 +420,6 @@ func main() {
 			log.Fatalf("Need to set -bindir")
 		}
 		log.Printf("Unpacking %s from %s and installing into %s", *extract, fileName, *bindir)
-		run("tar", "xf", fileName, *extract)
-		run("chmod", "a+x", *extract)
-		run("mv", "-f", *extract, *bindir+"/")
+		untar(fileName, *extract, *bindir+"/")
 	}
 }

bin/make_manual.py

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ docs = [
     "http.md",
     "hubic.md",
     "jottacloud.md",
+    "koofr.md",
     "mega.md",
     "azureblob.md",
     "onedrive.md",

bin/upload-github

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ github-release release \
     --name "rclone" \
     --description "Rclone - rsync for cloud storage. Sync files to and from many cloud storage providers."
 
-for build in `ls build | grep -v current`; do
+for build in `ls build | grep -v current | grep -v testbuilds`; do
     echo "Uploading ${build}"
     base="${build%.*}"
     parts=(${base//-/ })

cmd/cmd.go

@@ -341,8 +341,7 @@ func initConfig() {
 	configflags.SetFlags()
 
 	// Load filters
-	var err error
-	filter.Active, err = filter.NewFilter(&filterflags.Opt)
+	err := filterflags.Reload()
 	if err != nil {
 		log.Fatalf("Failed to load filters: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -456,7 +455,7 @@ func AddBackendFlags() {
 					help = help[:nl]
 				}
 				help = strings.TrimSpace(help)
-				flag := pflag.CommandLine.VarPF(opt, name, string(opt.ShortOpt), help)
+				flag := pflag.CommandLine.VarPF(opt, name, opt.ShortOpt, help)
 				if _, isBool := opt.Default.(bool); isBool {
 					flag.NoOptDefVal = "true"
 				}

cmd/copy/copy.go

@@ -7,8 +7,13 @@ import (
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 )
 
+var (
+	createEmptySrcDirs = false
+)
+
 func init() {
 	cmd.Root.AddCommand(commandDefintion)
+	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&createEmptySrcDirs, "create-empty-src-dirs", "", createEmptySrcDirs, "Create empty source dirs on destination after copy")
 }
 
 var commandDefintion = &cobra.Command{
@@ -69,7 +74,7 @@ changed recently very efficiently like this:
 		fsrc, srcFileName, fdst := cmd.NewFsSrcFileDst(args)
 		cmd.Run(true, true, command, func() error {
 			if srcFileName == "" {
-				return sync.CopyDir(fdst, fsrc)
+				return sync.CopyDir(fdst, fsrc, createEmptySrcDirs)
 			}
 			return operations.CopyFile(fdst, fsrc, srcFileName, srcFileName)
 		})

cmd/copyto/copyto.go

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ destination.
 		fsrc, srcFileName, fdst, dstFileName := cmd.NewFsSrcDstFiles(args)
 		cmd.Run(true, true, command, func() error {
 			if srcFileName == "" {
-				return sync.CopyDir(fdst, fsrc)
+				return sync.CopyDir(fdst, fsrc, false)
 			}
 			return operations.CopyFile(fdst, fsrc, dstFileName, srcFileName)
 		})

cmd/help.go

@@ -32,8 +32,48 @@ documentation, changelog and configuration walkthroughs.
 		fs.Debugf("rclone", "Version %q finishing with parameters %q", fs.Version, os.Args)
 		atexit.Run()
 	},
+	BashCompletionFunction: bashCompletionFunc,
 }
 
+const (
+	bashCompletionFunc = `
+__rclone_custom_func() {
+    if [[ ${#COMPREPLY[@]} -eq 0 ]]; then
+        local cur cword prev words
+        if declare -F _init_completion > /dev/null; then
+            _init_completion -n : || return
+        else
+            __rclone_init_completion -n : || return
+        fi
+        if [[ $cur != *:* ]]; then
+            local remote
+            while IFS= read -r remote; do
+                [[ $remote != $cur* ]] || COMPREPLY+=("$remote")
+            done < <(command rclone listremotes)
+            if [[ ${COMPREPLY[@]} ]]; then
+                local paths=("$cur"*)
+                [[ ! -f ${paths[0]} ]] || COMPREPLY+=("${paths[@]}")
+            fi
+        else
+            local path=${cur#*:}
+            if [[ $path == */* ]]; then
+                local prefix=$(eval printf '%s' "${path%/*}")
+            else
+                local prefix=
+            fi
+            local line
+            while IFS= read -r line; do
+                local reply=${prefix:+$prefix/}$line
+                [[ $reply != $path* ]] || COMPREPLY+=("$reply")
+            done < <(rclone lsf "${cur%%:*}:$prefix" 2>/dev/null)
+	    [[ ! ${COMPREPLY[@]} ]] || compopt -o filenames
+        fi
+        [[ ! ${COMPREPLY[@]} ]] || compopt -o nospace
+    fi
+}
+`
+)
+
 // root help command
 var helpCommand = &cobra.Command{
 	Use:   "help",

cmd/info/info.go

@@ -21,11 +21,22 @@ import (
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 )
 
+type position int
+
+const (
+	positionMiddle position = 1 << iota
+	positionLeft
+	positionRight
+	positionNone position = 0
+	positionAll  position = positionRight<<1 - 1
+)
+
 var (
 	checkNormalization bool
 	checkControl       bool
 	checkLength        bool
 	checkStreaming     bool
+	positionList       = []position{positionMiddle, positionLeft, positionRight}
 )
 
 func init() {
@@ -59,7 +70,7 @@ a bit of go code for each one.
 type results struct {
 	f                    fs.Fs
 	mu                   sync.Mutex
-	charNeedsEscaping    map[rune]bool
+	stringNeedsEscaping  map[string]position
 	maxFileLength        int
 	canWriteUnnormalized bool
 	canReadUnnormalized  bool
@@ -69,8 +80,8 @@ type results struct {
 
 func newResults(f fs.Fs) *results {
 	return &results{
-		f:                 f,
-		charNeedsEscaping: make(map[rune]bool),
+		f:                   f,
+		stringNeedsEscaping: make(map[string]position),
 	}
 }
 
@@ -79,13 +90,13 @@ func (r *results) Print() {
 	fmt.Printf("// %s\n", r.f.Name())
 	if checkControl {
 		escape := []string{}
-		for c, needsEscape := range r.charNeedsEscaping {
-			if needsEscape {
+		for c, needsEscape := range r.stringNeedsEscaping {
+			if needsEscape != positionNone {
 				escape = append(escape, fmt.Sprintf("0x%02X", c))
 			}
 		}
 		sort.Strings(escape)
-		fmt.Printf("charNeedsEscaping = []byte{\n")
+		fmt.Printf("stringNeedsEscaping = []byte{\n")
 		fmt.Printf("\t%s\n", strings.Join(escape, ", "))
 		fmt.Printf("}\n")
 	}
@@ -130,20 +141,45 @@ func (r *results) checkUTF8Normalization() {
 	}
 }
 
-// check we can write file with the rune passed in
-func (r *results) checkChar(c rune) {
-	fs.Infof(r.f, "Writing file 0x%02X", c)
-	path := fmt.Sprintf("0x%02X-%c-", c, c)
-	_, err := r.writeFile(path)
-	escape := false
-	if err != nil {
-		fs.Infof(r.f, "Couldn't write file 0x%02X", c)
-		escape = true
-	} else {
-		fs.Infof(r.f, "OK writing file 0x%02X", c)
+func (r *results) checkStringPositions(s string) {
+	fs.Infof(r.f, "Writing position file 0x%0X", s)
+	positionError := positionNone
+
+	for _, pos := range positionList {
+		path := ""
+		switch pos {
+		case positionMiddle:
+			path = fmt.Sprintf("position-middle-%0X-%s-", s, s)
+		case positionLeft:
+			path = fmt.Sprintf("%s-position-left-%0X", s, s)
+		case positionRight:
+			path = fmt.Sprintf("position-right-%0X-%s", s, s)
+		default:
+			panic("invalid position: " + pos.String())
+		}
+		_, writeErr := r.writeFile(path)
+		if writeErr != nil {
+			fs.Infof(r.f, "Writing %s position file 0x%0X Error: %s", pos.String(), s, writeErr)
+		} else {
+			fs.Infof(r.f, "Writing %s position file 0x%0X OK", pos.String(), s)
+		}
+		obj, getErr := r.f.NewObject(path)
+		if getErr != nil {
+			fs.Infof(r.f, "Getting %s position file 0x%0X Error: %s", pos.String(), s, getErr)
+		} else {
+			if obj.Size() != 50 {
+				fs.Infof(r.f, "Getting %s position file 0x%0X Invalid Size: %d", pos.String(), s, obj.Size())
+			} else {
+				fs.Infof(r.f, "Getting %s position file 0x%0X OK", pos.String(), s)
+			}
+		}
+		if writeErr != nil || getErr != nil {
+			positionError += pos
+		}
 	}
+
 	r.mu.Lock()
-	r.charNeedsEscaping[c] = escape
+	r.stringNeedsEscaping[s] = positionError
 	r.mu.Unlock()
 }
 
@@ -157,19 +193,28 @@ func (r *results) checkControls() {
 	}
 	var wg sync.WaitGroup
 	for i := rune(0); i < 128; i++ {
+		s := string(i)
 		if i == 0 || i == '/' {
 			// We're not even going to check NULL or /
-			r.charNeedsEscaping[i] = true
+			r.stringNeedsEscaping[s] = positionAll
 			continue
 		}
 		wg.Add(1)
-		c := i
-		go func() {
+		go func(s string) {
 			defer wg.Done()
 			token := <-tokens
-			r.checkChar(c)
+			r.checkStringPositions(s)
 			tokens <- token
-		}()
+		}(s)
+	}
+	for _, s := range []string{"＼", "\xBF", "\xFE"} {
+		wg.Add(1)
+		go func(s string) {
+			defer wg.Done()
+			token := <-tokens
+			r.checkStringPositions(s)
+			tokens <- token
+		}(s)
 	}
 	wg.Wait()
 	fs.Infof(r.f, "Done trying to create control character file names")
@@ -268,3 +313,35 @@ func readInfo(f fs.Fs) error {
 	r.Print()
 	return nil
 }
+
+func (e position) String() string {
+	switch e {
+	case positionNone:
+		return "none"
+	case positionAll:
+		return "all"
+	}
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+	if e&positionMiddle != 0 {
+		buf.WriteString("middle")
+		e &= ^positionMiddle
+	}
+	if e&positionLeft != 0 {
+		if buf.Len() != 0 {
+			buf.WriteRune(',')
+		}
+		buf.WriteString("left")
+		e &= ^positionLeft
+	}
+	if e&positionRight != 0 {
+		if buf.Len() != 0 {
+			buf.WriteRune(',')
+		}
+		buf.WriteString("right")
+		e &= ^positionRight
+	}
+	if e != positionNone {
+		panic("invalid position")
+	}
+	return buf.String()
+}

cmd/info/process.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+set -euo pipefail
+
+for f in info-*.log; do 
+  for pos in middle left right; do
+    egrep -oe " Writing $pos position file [^ ]* \w+" $f | sort | cut -d' ' -f 7 > $f.write_$pos
+    egrep -oe " Getting $pos position file [^ ]* \w+" $f | sort | cut -d' ' -f 7 > $f.get_$pos
+  done
+  {
+    echo "${${f%.log}#info-}\t${${f%.log}#info-}\t${${f%.log}#info-}\t${${f%.log}#info-}\t${${f%.log}#info-}\t${${f%.log}#info-}"
+    echo "Write\tWrite\tWrite\tGet\tGet\tGet"
+    echo "Mid\tLeft\tRight\tMid\tLeft\tRight"
+    paste $f.write_{middle,left,right} $f.get_{middle,left,right}
+  } > $f.csv
+done
+
+for f in info-*.list; do
+  for pos in middle left right; do
+    cat $f | perl -lne 'print $1 if /^\s+[0-9]+\s+(.*)/' | grep -a "position-$pos-" | sort > $f.$pos
+  done
+  {
+    echo "${${f%.list}#info-}\t${${f%.list}#info-}\t${${f%.list}#info-}"
+    echo "List\tList\tList"
+    echo "Mid\tLeft\tRight"
+    for e in 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F BF EFBCBC FE; do
+      echo -n $(perl -lne 'print "'$e'-$1" if /^position-middle-'$e'-(.*)-/' $f.middle | tr -d "\t\r" | grep -a . || echo Miss)
+      echo -n "\t"
+      echo -n $(perl -lne 'print "'$e'-$1" if /^(.*)-position-left-'$e'/'    $f.left   | tr -d "\t\r" | grep -a . || echo Miss)
+      echo -n "\t"
+      echo    $(perl -lne 'print "'$e'-$1" if /^position-right-'$e'-(.*)/'   $f.right  | tr -d "\t\r" | grep -a . || echo Miss)
+      # echo -n $(grep -a "position-middle-$e-" $f.middle | tr -d "\t\r" || echo Miss)"\t"
+      # echo -n $(grep -a "position-left-$e"    $f.left   | tr -d "\t\r" || echo Miss)"\t"
+      # echo    $(grep -a "position-right-$e-"  $f.right  | tr -d "\t\r" || echo Miss)
+    done
+    } > $f.csv
+done
+
+for f in info-*.list; do 
+    paste ${f%.list}.log.csv $f.csv > ${f%.list}.full.csv
+done
+paste *.full.csv > info-complete.csv

cmd/info/test.cmd

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+rclone.exe purge    info
+rclone.exe info -vv info > info-LocalWindows.log  2>&1
+rclone.exe ls   -vv info > info-LocalWindows.list 2>&1

cmd/info/test.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env zsh
+#
+# example usage: 
+# $GOPATH/src/github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/info/test.sh --list | \
+#   parallel -P20 $GOPATH/src/github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/info/test.sh
+
+export PATH=$GOPATH/src/github.com/ncw/rclone:$PATH
+
+typeset -A allRemotes
+ allRemotes=(
+  TestAmazonCloudDrive '--low-level-retries=2 --checkers=5'
+  TestB2 ''
+  TestBox ''
+  TestDrive '--tpslimit=5'
+  TestCrypt ''
+  TestDropbox '--checkers=1'
+  TestJottacloud ''
+  TestMega ''
+  TestOneDrive ''
+  TestOpenDrive '--low-level-retries=2 --checkers=5'
+  TestPcloud '--low-level-retries=2 --timeout=15s'
+  TestS3 ''
+  Local ''
+)
+
+set -euo pipefail
+
+if [[ $# -eq 0 ]]; then
+ set -- ${(k)allRemotes[@]}
+elif [[ $1 = --list ]]; then
+  printf '%s\n' ${(k)allRemotes[@]}
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+for remote; do
+  dir=$remote:infotest
+  if [[ $remote = Local ]]; then
+    dir=infotest
+  fi
+  rclone purge    $dir || :
+  rclone info -vv $dir ${=allRemotes[$remote]} &> info-$remote.log
+  rclone ls   -vv $dir &> info-$remote.list
+done

cmd/listremotes/listremotes.go

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ var (
 
 func init() {
 	cmd.Root.AddCommand(commandDefintion)
-	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&listLong, "long", "l", listLong, "Show the type as well as names.")
+	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&listLong, "long", "", listLong, "Show the type as well as names.")
 }
 
 var commandDefintion = &cobra.Command{

cmd/lsf/lsf.go

@@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/operations"
-	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/walk"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 )
@@ -67,8 +66,10 @@ output:
     s - size
     t - modification time
     h - hash
-    i - ID of object if known
+    i - ID of object
+    o - Original ID of underlying object
     m - MimeType of object if known
+    e - encrypted name
 
 So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
 --format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.
@@ -161,6 +162,10 @@ func Lsf(fsrc fs.Fs, out io.Writer) error {
 	list.SetCSV(csv)
 	list.SetDirSlash(dirSlash)
 	list.SetAbsolute(absolute)
+	var opt = operations.ListJSONOpt{
+		NoModTime: true,
+		Recurse:   recurse,
+	}
 
 	for _, char := range format {
 		switch char {
@@ -168,38 +173,38 @@ func Lsf(fsrc fs.Fs, out io.Writer) error {
 			list.AddPath()
 		case 't':
 			list.AddModTime()
+			opt.NoModTime = false
 		case 's':
 			list.AddSize()
 		case 'h':
 			list.AddHash(hashType)
+			opt.ShowHash = true
 		case 'i':
 			list.AddID()
 		case 'm':
 			list.AddMimeType()
+		case 'e':
+			list.AddEncrypted()
+			opt.ShowEncrypted = true
+		case 'o':
+			list.AddOrigID()
+			opt.ShowOrigIDs = true
 		default:
 			return errors.Errorf("Unknown format character %q", char)
 		}
 	}
 
-	return walk.Walk(fsrc, "", false, operations.ConfigMaxDepth(recurse), func(path string, entries fs.DirEntries, err error) error {
-		if err != nil {
-			fs.CountError(err)
-			fs.Errorf(path, "error listing: %v", err)
-			return nil
-		}
-		for _, entry := range entries {
-			_, isDir := entry.(fs.Directory)
-			if isDir {
-				if filesOnly {
-					continue
-				}
-			} else {
-				if dirsOnly {
-					continue
-				}
+	return operations.ListJSON(fsrc, "", &opt, func(item *operations.ListJSONItem) error {
+		if item.IsDir {
+			if filesOnly {
+				return nil
+			}
+		} else {
+			if dirsOnly {
+				return nil
 			}
-			_, _ = fmt.Fprintln(out, list.Format(entry))
 		}
+		_, _ = fmt.Fprintln(out, list.Format(item))
 		return nil
 	})
 }

cmd/lsjson/lsjson.go

@@ -60,7 +60,13 @@ If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt"
 will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt".
 When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
 
-The time is in RFC3339 format with nanosecond precision.
+The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision.  The
+number of decimal digits in the seconds will depend on the precision
+that the remote can hold the times, so if times are accurate to the
+nearest millisecond (eg Google Drive) then 3 digits will always be
+shown ("2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00") whereas if the times are
+accurate to the nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav etc) no digits
+will be shown ("2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00").
 
 The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it
 can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.

cmd/mount/dir.go

@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ func (d *Dir) Attr(ctx context.Context, a *fuse.Attr) (err error) {
 	a.Crtime = modTime
 	// FIXME include Valid so get some caching?
 	// FIXME fs.Debugf(d.path, "Dir.Attr %+v", a)
+	a.Size = 512
+	a.Blocks = 1
 	return nil
 }
 

cmd/mount/handle.go

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (fh *FileHandle) Write(ctx context.Context, req *fuse.WriteRequest, resp *f
 	if err != nil {
 		return translateError(err)
 	}
-	resp.Size = int(n)
+	resp.Size = n
 	return nil
 }
 

cmd/mount/test/seek_speed.go

@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ var (
 )
 
 func randomSeekTest(size int64, in *os.File, name string) {
+	startTime := time.Now()
 	start := rand.Int63n(size)
 	blockSize := rand.Intn(*maxBlockSize)
 	if int64(blockSize) > size-start {
 		blockSize = int(size - start)
 	}
-	log.Printf("Reading %d from %d", blockSize, start)
 
 	_, err := in.Seek(start, io.SeekStart)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ func randomSeekTest(size int64, in *os.File, name string) {
 	if err != nil {
 		log.Fatalf("Read failed on %q: %v", name, err)
 	}
+
+	log.Printf("Reading %d from %d took %v ", blockSize, start, time.Since(startTime))
 }
 
 func main() {
@@ -48,10 +50,12 @@ func main() {
 	rand.Seed(*randSeed)
 
 	name := args[0]
+	openStart := time.Now()
 	in, err := os.Open(name)
 	if err != nil {
 		log.Fatalf("Couldn't open %q: %v", name, err)
 	}
+	log.Printf("File Open took %v", time.Since(openStart))
 
 	fi, err := in.Stat()
 	if err != nil {

cmd/move/move.go

@@ -10,11 +10,13 @@ import (
 // Globals
 var (
 	deleteEmptySrcDirs = false
+	createEmptySrcDirs = false
 )
 
 func init() {
 	cmd.Root.AddCommand(commandDefintion)
 	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&deleteEmptySrcDirs, "delete-empty-src-dirs", "", deleteEmptySrcDirs, "Delete empty source dirs after move")
+	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&createEmptySrcDirs, "create-empty-src-dirs", "", createEmptySrcDirs, "Create empty source dirs on destination after move")
 }
 
 var commandDefintion = &cobra.Command{
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@ can speed transfers up greatly.
 		fsrc, srcFileName, fdst := cmd.NewFsSrcFileDst(args)
 		cmd.Run(true, true, command, func() error {
 			if srcFileName == "" {
-				return sync.MoveDir(fdst, fsrc, deleteEmptySrcDirs)
+				return sync.MoveDir(fdst, fsrc, deleteEmptySrcDirs, createEmptySrcDirs)
 			}
 			return operations.MoveFile(fdst, fsrc, srcFileName, srcFileName)
 		})

cmd/moveto/moveto.go

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ transfer.
 
 		cmd.Run(true, true, command, func() error {
 			if srcFileName == "" {
-				return sync.MoveDir(fdst, fsrc, false)
+				return sync.MoveDir(fdst, fsrc, false, false)
 			}
 			return operations.MoveFile(fdst, fsrc, dstFileName, srcFileName)
 		})

cmd/ncdu/ncdu.go

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ import (
 	"sort"
 	"strings"
 
+	runewidth "github.com/mattn/go-runewidth"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/ncdu/scan"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
@@ -122,7 +123,7 @@ func Printf(x, y int, fg, bg termbox.Attribute, format string, args ...interface
 func Line(x, y, xmax int, fg, bg termbox.Attribute, spacer rune, msg string) {
 	for _, c := range msg {
 		termbox.SetCell(x, y, c, fg, bg)
-		x++
+		x += runewidth.RuneWidth(c)
 		if x >= xmax {
 			return
 		}

cmd/serve/dlna/cds.go

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) Handle(action string, argsXML []byte, r *htt
 		}, nil
 	case "Browse":
 		var browse browse
-		if err := xml.Unmarshal([]byte(argsXML), &browse); err != nil {
+		if err := xml.Unmarshal(argsXML, &browse); err != nil {
 			return nil, err
 		}
 		obj, err := cds.objectFromID(browse.ObjectID)
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) Handle(action string, argsXML []byte, r *htt
 				}
 				return
 			}():]
-			if browse.RequestedCount != 0 && int(browse.RequestedCount) < len(objs) {
+			if browse.RequestedCount != 0 && browse.RequestedCount < len(objs) {
 				objs = objs[:browse.RequestedCount]
 			}
 			result, err := xml.Marshal(objs)

cmd/serve/dlna/cm-service-desc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+package dlna
+
+const connectionManagerServiceDescription = `<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
+  <specVersion>
+    <major>1</major>
+    <minor>0</minor>
+  </specVersion>
+  <actionList>
+    <action>
+      <name>GetProtocolInfo</name>
+      <argumentList>
+        <argument>
+          <name>Source</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>SourceProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>Sink</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>SinkProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+      </argumentList>
+    </action>
+    <action>
+      <name>PrepareForConnection</name>
+      <argumentList>
+        <argument>
+          <name>RemoteProtocolInfo</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>PeerConnectionID</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>Direction</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>ConnectionID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>AVTransportID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>RcsID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+      </argumentList>
+    </action>
+    <action>
+      <name>ConnectionComplete</name>
+      <argumentList>
+        <argument>
+          <name>ConnectionID</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+      </argumentList>
+    </action>
+    <action>
+      <name>GetCurrentConnectionIDs</name>
+      <argumentList>
+        <argument>
+          <name>ConnectionIDs</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>CurrentConnectionIDs</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+      </argumentList>
+    </action>
+    <action>
+      <name>GetCurrentConnectionInfo</name>
+      <argumentList>
+        <argument>
+          <name>ConnectionID</name>
+          <direction>in</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>RcsID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>AVTransportID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>ProtocolInfo</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>PeerConnectionID</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>Direction</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+        <argument>
+          <name>Status</name>
+          <direction>out</direction>
+          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</relatedStateVariable>
+        </argument>
+      </argumentList>
+    </action>
+  </actionList>
+  <serviceStateTable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+      <name>SourceProtocolInfo</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+      <name>SinkProtocolInfo</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+      <name>CurrentConnectionIDs</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+      <allowedValueList>
+        <allowedValue>OK</allowedValue>
+        <allowedValue>ContentFormatMismatch</allowedValue>
+        <allowedValue>InsufficientBandwidth</allowedValue>
+        <allowedValue>UnreliableChannel</allowedValue>
+        <allowedValue>Unknown</allowedValue>
+      </allowedValueList>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+      <allowedValueList>
+        <allowedValue>Input</allowedValue>
+        <allowedValue>Output</allowedValue>
+      </allowedValueList>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</name>
+      <dataType>string</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</name>
+      <dataType>i4</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</name>
+      <dataType>i4</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</name>
+      <dataType>i4</dataType>
+    </stateVariable>
+  </serviceStateTable>
+</scpd>`

cmd/serve/dlna/dlna.go

@@ -84,6 +84,21 @@ var services = []*service{
 		},
 		SCPD: contentDirectoryServiceDescription,
 	},
+	{
+		Service: upnp.Service{
+			ServiceType: "urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ConnectionManager:1",
+			ServiceId:   "urn:upnp-org:serviceId:ConnectionManager",
+			ControlURL:  serviceControlURL,
+		},
+		SCPD: connectionManagerServiceDescription,
+	},
+}
+
+func init() {
+	for _, s := range services {
+		p := path.Join("/scpd", s.ServiceId)
+		s.SCPDURL = p
+	}
 }
 
 func devices() []string {
@@ -250,9 +265,6 @@ func (s *server) initMux(mux *http.ServeMux) {
 
 	// Install handlers to serve SCPD for each UPnP service.
 	for _, s := range services {
-		p := path.Join("/scpd", s.ServiceId)
-		s.SCPDURL = p
-
 		mux.HandleFunc(s.SCPDURL, func(serviceDesc string) http.HandlerFunc {
 			return func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 				w.Header().Set("content-type", `text/xml; charset="utf-8"`)

cmd/serve/dlna/dlna_test.go

@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@ func TestRootSCPD(t *testing.T) {
 	// Make sure that the SCPD contains a CDS service.
 	require.Contains(t, string(body),
 		"<serviceType>urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ContentDirectory:1</serviceType>")
+	// Make sure that the SCPD contains a CM service.
+	require.Contains(t, string(body),
+		"<serviceType>urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ConnectionManager:1</serviceType>")
+	// Ensure that the SCPD url is configured.
+	require.Regexp(t, "<SCPDURL>/.*</SCPDURL>", string(body))
 }
 
 // Make sure that it serves content from the remote.

cmd/serve/restic/restic.go

@@ -330,25 +330,12 @@ func (s *server) listObjects(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, remote stri
 	ls := listItems{}
 
 	// if remote supports ListR use that directly, otherwise use recursive Walk
-	var err error
-	if ListR := s.f.Features().ListR; ListR != nil {
-		err = ListR(remote, func(entries fs.DirEntries) error {
-			for _, entry := range entries {
-				ls.add(entry)
-			}
-			return nil
-		})
-	} else {
-		err = walk.Walk(s.f, remote, true, -1, func(path string, entries fs.DirEntries, err error) error {
-			if err == nil {
-				for _, entry := range entries {
-					ls.add(entry)
-				}
-			}
-			return err
-		})
-	}
-
+	err := walk.ListR(s.f, remote, true, -1, walk.ListObjects, func(entries fs.DirEntries) error {
+		for _, entry := range entries {
+			ls.add(entry)
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
 	if err != nil {
 		_, err = fserrors.Cause(err)
 		if err != fs.ErrorDirNotFound {

cmd/sync/sync.go

@@ -6,8 +6,13 @@ import (
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 )
 
+var (
+	createEmptySrcDirs = false
+)
+
 func init() {
 	cmd.Root.AddCommand(commandDefintion)
+	commandDefintion.Flags().BoolVarP(&createEmptySrcDirs, "create-empty-src-dirs", "", createEmptySrcDirs, "Create empty source dirs on destination after sync")
 }
 
 var commandDefintion = &cobra.Command{
@@ -39,7 +44,7 @@ go there.
 		cmd.CheckArgs(2, 2, command, args)
 		fsrc, fdst := cmd.NewFsSrcDst(args)
 		cmd.Run(true, true, command, func() error {
-			return sync.Sync(fdst, fsrc)
+			return sync.Sync(fdst, fsrc, createEmptySrcDirs)
 		})
 	},
 }

docs/content/about.md

@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
 * {{< provider name="Hubic" home="https://hubic.com/" config="/hubic/" >}}
 * {{< provider name="Jottacloud" home="https://www.jottacloud.com/en/" config="/jottacloud/" >}}
 * {{< provider name="IBM COS S3" home="http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage" config="/s3/#ibm-cos-s3" >}}
+* {{< provider name="Koofr" home="https://koofr.eu/" config="/koofr/" >}}
 * {{< provider name="Memset Memstore" home="https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/" config="/swift/" >}}
 * {{< provider name="Mega" home="https://mega.nz/" config="/mega/" >}}
 * {{< provider name="Microsoft Azure Blob Storage" home="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/services/storage/blobs/" config="/azureblob/" >}}

docs/content/authors.md

@@ -233,3 +233,18 @@ Contributors
   * kayrus <kay.diam@gmail.com>
   * Rémy Léone <remy.leone@gmail.com>
   * Wojciech Smigielski <wojciech.hieronim.smigielski@gmail.com>
+  * weetmuts <oehrstroem@gmail.com>
+  * Jonathan <vanillajonathan@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * James Carpenter <orbsmiv@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Vince <vince0villamora@gmail.com>
+  * Nestar47 <47841759+Nestar47@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Six <brbsix@gmail.com>
+  * Alexandru Bumbacea <alexandru.bumbacea@booking.com>
+  * calisro <robert.calistri@gmail.com>
+  * Dr.Rx <david.rey@nventive.com>
+  * marcintustin <marcintustin@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * jaKa Močnik <jaka@koofr.net>
+  * Fionera <fionera@fionera.de>
+  * Dan Walters <dan@walters.io>
+  * Danil Semelenov <sgtpep@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * xopez <28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com>

docs/content/b2.md

@@ -16,9 +16,11 @@ Here is an example of making a b2 configuration.  First run
 
     rclone config
 
-This will guide you through an interactive setup process.  You will
-need your account number (a short hex number) and key (a long hex
-number) which you can get from the b2 control panel.
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process.  To authenticate
+you will either need your Account ID (a short hex number) and Master
+Application Key (a long hex number) OR an Application Key, which is the
+recommended method. See below for further details on generating and using
+an Application Key.
 
 ```
 No remotes found - make a new one
@@ -102,10 +104,10 @@ You can use these with rclone too; you will need to use rclone version 1.43
 or later.
 
 Follow Backblaze's docs to create an Application Key with the required
-permission and add the `Application Key ID` as the `account` and the
+permission and add the `applicationKeyId` as the `account` and the
 `Application Key` itself as the `key`.
 
-Note that you must put the Application Key ID as the `account` - you
+Note that you must put the _applicationKeyId_ as the `account` – you
 can't use the master Account ID.  If you try then B2 will return 401
 errors.
 
@@ -391,12 +393,21 @@ Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory.
 When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size.  Note that
 these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of
 "--transfers" chunks in progress at once.  5,000,000 Bytes is the
-minimim size.
+minimum size.
 
 - Config:      chunk_size
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
 - Type:        SizeSuffix
 - Default:     96M
 
+#### --b2-disable-checksum
+
+Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+
+- Config:      disable_checksum
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 <!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 

docs/content/box.md

@@ -112,6 +112,17 @@ To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup
 
     rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
 
+### Using rclone with an Enterprise account with SSO ###
+
+If you have an "Enterprise" account type with Box with single sign on
+(SSO), you need to create a password to use Box with rclone. This can
+be done at your Enterprise Box account by going to Settings, "Account"
+Tab, and then set the password in the "Authentication" field.
+
+Once you have done this, you can setup your Enterprise Box account
+using the same procedure detailed above in the, using the password you
+have just set.
+
 ### Invalid refresh token ###
 
 According to the [box docs](https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens):

docs/content/changelog.md

@@ -1,11 +1,140 @@
 ---
 title: "Documentation"
 description: "Rclone Changelog"
-date: "2018-11-24"
+date: "2019-02-09"
 ---
 
 # Changelog
 
+## v1.46 - 2019-02-09
+
+* New backends
+    * Support Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS via the s3 backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* New commands
+    * serve dlna: serves a remove via DLNA for the local network (nicolov)
+* New Features
+    * copy, move: Restore deprecated `--no-traverse` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * This is useful for when transferring a small number of files into a large destination
+    * genautocomplete: Add remote path completion for bash completion (Christopher Peterson & Danil Semelenov)
+    * Buffer memory handling reworked to return memory to the OS better (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Buffer recycling library to replace sync.Pool
+        * Optionally use memory mapped memory for better memory shrinking
+        * Enable with `--use-mmap` if having memory problems - not default yet
+    * Parallelise reading of files specified by `--files-from` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * check: Add stats showing total files matched. (Dario Guzik)
+    * Allow rename/delete open files under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * lsjson: Use exactly the correct number of decimal places in the seconds (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add cookie support with cmdline switch `--use-cookies` for all HTTP based remotes (qip)
+    * Warn if `--checksum` is set but there are no hashes available (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Rework rate limiting (pacer) to be more accurate and allow bursting (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Improve error reporting for too many/few arguments in commands (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * listremotes: Remove `-l` short flag as it conflicts with the new global flag (weetmuts)
+    * Make http serving with auth generate INFO messages on auth fail (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Bug Fixes
+    * Fix layout of stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix `--progress` crash under Windows Jenkins (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix transfer of google/onedrive docs by calling Rcat in Copy when size is -1 (Cnly)
+    * copyurl: Fix checking of `--dry-run` (Denis Skovpen)
+* Mount
+    * Check that mountpoint and local directory to mount don't overlap (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix mount size under 32 bit Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* VFS
+    * Implement renaming of directories for backends without DirMove (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * now all backends except b2 support renaming directories
+    * Implement `--vfs-cache-max-size` to limit the total size of the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--dir-perms` and `--file-perms` flags to set default permissions (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix deadlock on concurrent operations on a directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix deadlock between RWFileHandle.close and File.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix renaming/deleting open files with cache mode "writes" under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix panic on rename with `--dry-run` set (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix vfs/refresh with recurse=true needing the `--fast-list` flag
+* Local
+    * Add support for `-l`/`--links` (symbolic link translation) (yair@unicorn)
+        * this works by showing links as `link.rclonelink` - see local backend docs for more info
+        * this errors if used with `-L`/`--copy-links`
+    * Fix renaming/deleting open files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Crypt
+    * Check for maximum length before decrypting filename to fix panic (Garry McNulty)
+* Azure Blob
+    * Allow building azureblob backend on *BSD (themylogin)
+    * Use the rclone HTTP client to support `--dump headers`, `--tpslimit` etc (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use the s3 pacer for 0 delay in non error conditions (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Stop Mkdir attempting to create existing containers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* B2
+    * cleanup: will remove unfinished large files >24hrs old (Garry McNulty)
+    * For a bucket limited application key check the bucket name (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * before this, rclone would use the authorised bucket regardless of what you put on the command line
+    * Added `--b2-disable-checksum` flag (Wojciech Smigielski)
+        * this enables large files to be uploaded without a SHA-1 hash for speed reasons
+* Drive
+    * Set default pacer to 100ms for 10 tps (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * This fits the Google defaults much better and reduces the 403 errors massively
+        * Add `--drive-pacer-min-sleep` and `--drive-pacer-burst` to control the pacer
+    * Improve ChangeNotify support for items with multiple parents (Fabian Möller)
+    * Fix ListR for items with multiple parents - this fixes oddities with `vfs/refresh` (Fabian Möller)
+    * Fix using `--drive-impersonate` and appfolders (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix google docs in rclone mount for some (not all) applications (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Dropbox
+    * Retry-After support for Dropbox backend (Mathieu Carbou)
+* FTP
+    * Wait for 60 seconds for a connection to Close then declare it dead (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * helps with indefinite hangs on some FTP servers
+* Google Cloud Storage
+    * Update google cloud storage endpoints (weetmuts)
+* HTTP
+    * Add an example with username and password which is supported but wasn't documented (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix backend with `--files-from` and non-existent files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Hubic
+    * Make error message more informative if authentication fails (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Jottacloud
+    * Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
+    * Use token auth for all API requests Don't store password anymore (Sebastian Bünger)
+    * Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)
+* Mega
+    * Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega accounts (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Return error if an unknown length file is attempted to be uploaded (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add new error codes for better error reporting (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Onedrive
+    * Fix broken support for "shared with me" folders (Alex Chen)
+    * Fix root ID not normalised (Cnly)
+    * Return err instead of panic on unknown-sized uploads (Cnly)
+* Qingstor
+    * Fix go routine leak on multipart upload errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add upload chunk size/concurrency/cutoff control (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Default `--qingstor-upload-concurrency` to 1 to work around bug (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* S3
+    * Implement `--s3-upload-cutoff` for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change `--s3-upload-concurrency` default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--s3-bucket-acl` to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)
+    * Add Scaleway to s3 documentation (Rémy Léone)
+    * Add AWS endpoint eu-north-1 (weetmuts)
+* SFTP
+    * Add support for PEM encrypted private keys (Fabian Möller)
+    * Add option to force the usage of an ssh-agent (Fabian Möller)
+    * Perform environment variable expansion on key-file (Fabian Möller)
+    * Fix rmdir on Windows based servers (eg CrushFTP) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix rmdir deleting directory contents on some SFTP servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix error on dangling symlinks (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Swift
+    * Add `--swift-no-chunk` to disable segmented uploads in rcat/mount (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Introduce application credential auth support (kayrus)
+    * Fix memory usage by slimming Object (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix extra requests on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix reauth on big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Union
+    * Fix poll-interval not working (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* WebDAV
+    * Support About which means rclone mount will show the correct disk size (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Support MD5 and SHA1 hashes with Owncloud and Nextcloud (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fail soft on time parsing errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix infinite loop on failed directory creation (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix identification of directories for Bitrix Site Manager (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix upload of 0 length files on some servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix if MKCOL fails with 423 Locked assume the directory exists (Nick Craig-Wood)
+
 ## v1.45 - 2018-11-24
 
 * New backends

docs/content/commands/rclone.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone"
 slug: rclone
 url: /commands/rclone/
@@ -26,283 +26,301 @@ rclone [flags]
 ### Options
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-  -h, --help                                       help for rclone
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-  -V, --version                                    Print the version number
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+  -h, --help                                         help for rclone
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+  -V, --version                                      Print the version number
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
@@ -355,4 +373,4 @@ rclone [flags]
 * [rclone tree](/commands/rclone_tree/)	 - List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 * [rclone version](/commands/rclone_version/)	 - Show the version number.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone about"
 slug: rclone_about
 url: /commands/rclone_about/
@@ -69,285 +69,303 @@ rclone about remote: [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone authorize"
 slug: rclone_authorize
 url: /commands/rclone_authorize/
@@ -28,285 +28,303 @@ rclone authorize [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cachestats.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone cachestats"
 slug: rclone_cachestats
 url: /commands/rclone_cachestats/
@@ -27,285 +27,303 @@ rclone cachestats source: [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone cat"
 slug: rclone_cat
 url: /commands/rclone_cat/
@@ -49,285 +49,303 @@ rclone cat remote:path [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone check"
 slug: rclone_check
 url: /commands/rclone_check/
@@ -43,285 +43,303 @@ rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone cleanup"
 slug: rclone_cleanup
 url: /commands/rclone_cleanup/
@@ -28,285 +28,303 @@ rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone config"
 slug: rclone_config
 url: /commands/rclone_config/
@@ -28,281 +28,299 @@ rclone config [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
@@ -318,4 +336,4 @@ rclone config [flags]
 * [rclone config show](/commands/rclone_config_show/)	 - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 * [rclone config update](/commands/rclone_config_update/)	 - Update options in an existing remote.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone config create"
 slug: rclone_config_create
 url: /commands/rclone_config_create/
@@ -19,6 +19,15 @@ you would do:
 
     rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
 
+Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the
+default is taken.  Each time that happens rclone will print a message
+saying how to affect the value taken.
+
+So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
+using remote authorization you would do this:
+
+    rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false
+
 
 ```
 rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
@@ -33,285 +42,303 @@ rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2018-11-24T13:43:29Z
+date: 2019-02-09T10:42:18Z
 title: "rclone config delete"
 slug: rclone_config_delete
 url: /commands/rclone_config_delete/
@@ -25,285 +25,303 @@ rclone config delete <name> [flags]
 ### Options inherited from parent commands
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                        Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                       Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                   Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix          Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                       Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration            Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                        Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                               Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                               If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string               Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                   Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix            Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                  Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                       Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                   Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                   SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                          Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-endpoint string                         Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                             Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                              Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                        A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                          Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                       Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                   Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                     Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size int                            In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                        Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration        How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                      Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                    Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix          The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                       Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                             Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                           Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                    How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                 Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                 The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                      The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                 The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                     How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                        Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                              Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string               Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration               How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                          How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                               Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                               Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                   Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
-      --config string                              Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                        Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                 Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                          Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption            Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string           How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                      Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                     Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                        Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                         For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                               When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                              When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                              When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                            Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                             Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                    Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change             Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                     Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                      Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                       Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                       Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                         Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string   Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                       Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                           Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                    ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                         Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix             Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                     Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                            Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix      If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                   Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string               Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                 Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                    Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump string                                List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                               Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                        Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                   Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                  Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                  Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                     Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                         Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                    Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-host string                            FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                            FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                            FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                            FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                      Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                        Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                      Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                  Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                   The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                     Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                 Hubic Client Secret
-      --ignore-case                                Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                            Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                              delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                            Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                               Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                  Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                        Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                   Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                     Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix     Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string               The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-pass string                     Password.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                          Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-user string                     User Name
-      --local-no-check-updated                     Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization             Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                            Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                          Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                           Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                      Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age duration                           Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                            Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                             When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                              If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size int                               Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer int                           Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                 Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                           Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                           Password.
-      --mega-user string                           User name
-      --memprofile string                          Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age duration                           Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size int                               Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                     Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                       Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                           Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                Obsolete - does nothing.
-      --no-update-modtime                          Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                            Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix             Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                  Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string              Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                   The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                 The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files              Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                  Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                  Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                    Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                   Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string              QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int            Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                   Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                          Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string          QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-zone string                       Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                      Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                         Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                             IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                             SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                        Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                            Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                         htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                              SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                    Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                 Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                             Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                            realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                   Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration            Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration           Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                             User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                     Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                    AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                              Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                   Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                        Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                         Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                        If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string              Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                         Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                           Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string           The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                    An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                   If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                    The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                  Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                 If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                          Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                     Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                           SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                       Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                           SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                  Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                           SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                           Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                   Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                           SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                  Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                 Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                             Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                 Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
-      --stats-log-level string                     Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                             Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                          Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff int                Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                              Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --swift-auth string                          Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                    Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                     AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                        User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                             Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                           API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-region string                        Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                   Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                        Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                     Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                          User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                       User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                     Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                     Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                           IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                             Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                         Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                              When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                              Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                       List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                     Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-server-modtime                         Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                          Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.45")
-  -v, --verbose count                              Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                         Password.
-      --webdav-url string                          URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                         User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                       Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                    Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                              Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
+      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
+      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
+      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
+      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
+      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
+  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
+      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
+      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
+  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
+      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
+      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
+      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
+      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
+      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
+      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
+      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
+      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
+      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
+      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
+  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
+      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
+      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
+      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
+      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
+      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
+  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
+      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
+      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
+      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
+  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
+      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
+      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
+      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
+      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
+      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
+      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
+      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
+      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                             Password.
+      --mega-user string                             User name
+      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
+      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
+      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
+      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
+      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
+      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
+      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
+  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                    Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
+  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
+  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
+      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
+      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
+      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
+      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
+      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
+      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
+      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
+      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
+      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
+      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
+      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
+      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
+      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
+      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
+      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
+      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
+      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
+      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
+      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
+      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
+      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
+      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
+      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
+      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
+      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
+      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
+      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
+      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
+      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
+      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
+  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
+      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
+      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
+      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
+      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.46")
+  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
+      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                           User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 24-Nov-2018
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 9-Feb-2019